SiUS09 - 651
Inverter Pair
Wall Mounted Type D-Series
[Applied Models]
zInverter Pair : Heat Pump
SiUS09-651
Inverter Pair
D-Series
Heat Pump
Indoor Unit
FTXS09DVJU
FTXS12DVJU
FTXS15DVJU
FTXS18DVJU
FTXS24DVJU
FDXS09DVJU
FDXS12DVJU
Outdoor Unit
RXS09DVJU
RXS12DVJU
RXS15DVJU
RXS18DVJU
RXS24DVJU
Table of Contents
i
SiUS09-651
1. Introduction ............................................................................................... vi
1.1 Safety Cautions ...........................................................................................vi
Part 1 List of Functions ...................................................................1
1. List of Functions ......................................................................................... 2
Part 2 Specifications .......................................................................5
1. Specifications ............................................................................................. 6
Part 3 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram ..............11
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram..................................... 12
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Part 4
FTXS09/12DVJU....................................................................................... 12
FTXS15/18/24DVJU.................................................................................. 14
FDXS09/12DVJU ...................................................................................... 16
RXS09/12DVJU......................................................................................... 18
RXS15/18/24DVJU.................................................................................... 20
Function and Control..........................................................23
1. Main Functions......................................................................................... 25
1.1 Frequency Principle................................................................................... 25
1.2 Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide-Angle Louvres and Auto-Swing
(Only for the Single Split Duct-Free System) ............................................ 27
1.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units........................................................... 28
1.4 Program Dry Function ............................................................................... 29
1.5 Automatic Operation.................................................................................. 30
1.6 Thermostat Control.................................................................................... 31
1.7 NIGHT SET Mode ..................................................................................... 32
1.8 INTELLIGENT EYE ................................................................................... 33
1.9 HOME LEAVE Operation .......................................................................... 35
1.10 Inverter Powerful Operation ...................................................................... 36
1.11 Other Functions......................................................................................... 37
2. Function of Thermistor ............................................................................. 39
2.1 Heat Pump Model...................................................................................... 39
3. Control Specification (09/12 Class).......................................................... 40
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
ii
Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................... 40
Frequency Control..................................................................................... 41
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................... 43
Discharge Pipe Control ............................................................................. 44
Input Current Control................................................................................. 45
Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................... 45
Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................... 46
Fan Control................................................................................................ 46
Liquid Compression Protection Function 2................................................ 46
Defrost Control .......................................................................................... 47
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................... 48
Malfunctions .............................................................................................. 51
Table of Contents
SiUS09-651
3.13 Forced Operation Mode ............................................................................ 52
3.14 Additional Function.................................................................................... 52
4. Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)..................................................... 53
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................... 53
Frequency Control..................................................................................... 54
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................... 56
Discharge Pipe Temperature Control........................................................ 57
Input Current Control................................................................................. 58
Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................... 59
Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................... 59
Fan Control................................................................................................ 60
Liquid Compression Protection Function 2................................................ 60
Low Hz High Pressure Limit ...................................................................... 61
Defrost Control .......................................................................................... 61
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................... 62
Malfunctions .............................................................................................. 65
Forced Operation Mode ............................................................................ 66
Additional Function.................................................................................... 66
Part 5 System Configuration..........................................................67
1. System Configuration............................................................................... 68
2. Instruction................................................................................................. 69
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Safety Precautions .................................................................................... 69
The Single Split Duct-Free System FTXS09/12DVJU............................... 71
The Single Split Duct-Free System FTXS15/18/24DVJU.......................... 96
The Slim Duct Built-in System FDXS09/12DVJU.................................... 121
Part 6 Service Diagnosis..............................................................141
1.
2.
3.
4.
Caution for Diagnosis............................................................................. 142
Problem Symptoms and Measures ........................................................ 144
Service Check Function ......................................................................... 145
Troubleshooting ..................................................................................... 148
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
Table of Contents
Error Codes and Description ................................................................... 148
Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality .................................................................. 149
Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control.......................... 150
Fan Motor or Related Abnormality .......................................................... 152
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)..................................... 155
Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor Unit) .............. 156
OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................... 157
Compressor Lock .................................................................................... 158
DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................... 160
Input Over Current Detection .................................................................. 161
Four Way Valve Abnormality................................................................... 164
Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................... 168
High Pressure Control in Cooling ............................................................ 170
Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................... 174
DC Voltage / Current Sensor Abnormality............................................... 176
iii
SiUS09-651
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.23
CT or Related Abnormality ...................................................................... 177
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit).................................. 179
Electrical Box Temperature Rise............................................................. 181
Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ............................................................. 183
Output Over Current Detection................................................................ 185
Insufficient Gas........................................................................................ 189
Over-voltage Detection............................................................................ 193
Low-voltage Detection............................................................................. 194
5. Check ..................................................................................................... 195
5.1 How to Check .......................................................................................... 195
Part 7 Removal Procedure ...........................................................205
1. FTXS09/12DVJU.................................................................................... 206
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Removal of Air Filter................................................................................ 206
Removal of Front Grille ........................................................................... 209
Removal of Horizontal Blade and Vertical Blade..................................... 212
Removal of Electrical Box, PCB and Swing Motor .................................. 214
Removal of Heat Exchanger ................................................................... 220
Install of Drain Plug ................................................................................. 223
Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor..................................................... 225
2. FTXS15/18/24DVJU............................................................................... 229
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Removal of the Air Filter / Front Panel .................................................... 229
Removal of the Front Grille ..................................................................... 233
Removal of the Horizontal Blades / Vertical Blades ................................ 236
Removal of the Electrical Box / PCB / Swing Motor ................................ 239
Removal of the Heat Exchanger ............................................................. 247
Removal of the Fan Rotor / Fan Motor.................................................... 250
3. RXS09/12DVJU ..................................................................................... 253
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Removal of Panels and Fan Motor.......................................................... 253
Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................... 261
Removal of Reactor and Partition Plate .................................................. 263
Removal of Sound Blanket...................................................................... 265
Removal of Four Way Valve.................................................................... 268
Removal of Compressor.......................................................................... 270
Removal of PCB...................................................................................... 273
4. RXS15/18/24DVJU ................................................................................ 276
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
iv
Removal of the Panels and Plates .......................................................... 276
Removal of the Fan Motor / Propeller Fan .............................................. 281
Removal of the PCB / Electrical Box ....................................................... 285
Removal of the Reactor........................................................................... 294
Removal of the Sound Blanket................................................................ 296
Removal of the Four Way Valve.............................................................. 299
Removal of the Electronic Expansion Valve............................................ 300
Removal of the Compressor.................................................................... 301
Table of Contents
SiUS09-651
Part 8 Others ................................................................................303
1. Others .................................................................................................... 304
1.1 Test Run from the Remote Controller ..................................................... 304
1.2 Jumper Settings ...................................................................................... 305
Part 9 Appendix............................................................................307
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................... 308
1.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................. 308
1.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................... 309
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................... 311
2.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................. 311
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................... 313
Index
................................................................................................i
Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................... v
Table of Contents
v
Introduction
SiUS09-651
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
The caution items are classified into “
Warning” and “
Caution”. The “
Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “
Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer.
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the
welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
vi
SiUS09-651
Introduction
Warning
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.
Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or
wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.
The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair
Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
vii
Introduction
SiUS09-651
Warning
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard
installation frame.
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
window frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
For integral units
only
For integral units
only
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A / R22) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
viii
SiUS09-651
Introduction
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair
Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons
Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List
Icon
Type of
Information
Note
Description
Caution
A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Caution
ix
Introduction
SiUS09-651
Icon
Type of
Information
Warning
Description
A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Reference
x
A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or
in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
SiUS09-651
Part 1
List of Functions
1. List of Functions ......................................................................................... 2
List of Functions
1
List of Functions
SiUS09-651
14~
115
14~
115
Operation Limit for Heating (°FWB)
5~
64
5~
64
Category
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Basic
Function
Compressor
—
—
—
—
—
—
Health &
Clean
Swing Compressor
Rotary Compressor
—
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
Comfortable
Airflow
Timer
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
3-D Airflow
—
Comfort Airflow Mode
—
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
—
—
—
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
Flexibility
—
—
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic
Air-Purifying Filter
Washable Grille
—
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
—
—
—
—
—
24-Hour On/Off Timer
Night Set Mode
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
Wiring Error Check
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
—
—
High Ceiling Application
—
—
33ft
33ft
—
—
—
—
Quick Warming Function
Chargeless
Hot-Start Function
Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
Automatic Defrosting
Power Selection
Automatic Operation
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
Program Dry Function
Fan Only
New Powerful Operation (Non-Inverter)
—
—
Priority-Room Setting
—
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
—
Remote
Control
Inverter Powerful Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
—
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual)
Intelligent Eye
Operation
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
Comfort
Control
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
Auto Fan Speed
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
Mold Proof Air Filter
Reluctance DC Motor
Power-Airflow Flap
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic,
Virustatic Functions
Functions
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
PAM Control
Oval Scroll Compressor
FTXS15·18·24DVJU
RXS15·18·24DVJU
Operation Limit for Cooling (°FDB)
Functions
FTXS09·12DVJU
RXS09·12DVJU
FTXS15·18·24DVJU
RXS15·18·24DVJU
Category
FTXS09·12DVJU
RXS09·12DVJU
1. List of Functions
Home Leave Operation
Remote Control Adapter
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Remote Control Adapter
(Normal Open Contact) (Option)
DIII-NET Compatible (Adapter)
(Option)
Remote
Controller
Wireless
Wired
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
Signal Reception Indicator
Note:
2
Temperature Display
—
—
Another Room Operation
—
—
: Holding Functions
— : No Functions
: Digital Only
List of Functions
Functions
Category
Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Basic
Function
Operation Limit for Cooling (°FDB)
14~
115
Operation Limit for Heating (°FWB)
5~
64
PAM Control
Oval Scroll Compressor
Compressor
—
Health &
Clean
Swing Compressor
Rotary Compressor
—
Reluctance DC Motor
Comfortable
Airflow
Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter
—
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic
Deodorizing Function
—
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic
Air-Purifying Filter
—
Mold Proof Air Filter
—
Wipe-clean Flat Panel
—
—
—
Washable Grille
—
Filter Cleaning Indicator
—
Power-Airflow Diffuser
—
Good-Sleep Cooling Operation
—
Wide-Angle Louvers
—
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down)
—
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left)
—
3-D Airflow
—
Comfort Airflow Mode
—
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only)
—
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic)
Timer
Intelligent Eye
Worry Free
“Reliability &
Durability”
Night Set Mode
Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
Wiring Error Check
—
Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Heat Exchanger
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
—
—
24-Hour On/Off Timer
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
Outdoor Unit Silent Operation (Manual)
Flexibility
—
Flexible Voltage Correspondence
—
High Ceiling Application
—
Quick Warming Function
Chargeless
Hot-Start Function
Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
—
Automatic Defrosting
Power Selection
—
Automatic Operation
5-Rooms Centralized Controller
(Option)
Program Dry Function
Fan Only
New Powerful Operation (Non-Inverter)
—
Remote
Control
Inverter Powerful Operation
Lifestyle
Convenience
—
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps
Indoor Unit Silent Operation
Operation
Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic,
Virustatic Functions
Power-Airflow Flap
Auto Fan Speed
Comfort
Control
Functions
FDXS09·12DVJU
RXS09·12DVJU
Category
List of Functions
FDXS09·12DVJU
RXS09·12DVJU
SiUS09-651
Priority-Room Setting
—
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock
—
Home Leave Operation
33ft
Remote Control Adapter
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Remote Control Adapter
(Normal Open Contact) (Option)
DIII-NET Compatible (Adapter)
(Option)
Remote
Controller
Wireless
Wired
—
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
Signal Reception Indicator
Note:
Temperature Display
—
Another Room Operation
—
: Holding Functions
— : No Functions
List of Functions
: Digital Only
3
List of Functions
4
SiUS09-651
List of Functions
SiUS09-651
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ............................................................................................. 6
Specifications
5
Specifications
SiUS09-651
1. Specifications
The Single Split Duct-Free System
60Hz 208-230V
Indoor Units
Models
FTXS09DVJU
RXS09DVJU
Outdoor Units
Capacity
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Moisture Removal
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor
EER (Rated)
COP (Rated)
Energy
Efficiency
Piping
Connections
SEER
HSPF
Liquid
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Max. Interunit Height Difference
Chargeless
Amount of Additional Charge of
Refrigerant
Indoor Units
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rate cfm (m³/min)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
H/M/L
Outdoor Units
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Type
Refrigerant
Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
Fan
Air Flow Rate cfm (m³/min)
Type
Motor Output
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation Sound
H/L
Drawing No.
Fan
Note:
6
FTXS12DVJU
RXS12DVJU
Cooling
Heating
Cooling
Heating
Btu/h
8,500 (4,400~8,500)
10,000 (4,400~10,000)
11,500 (4,800~11,500)
11,500 (4,800~11,500)
Pt/h
A
W
%
Btu/
h·W
W/W
2.3
4.13
770(300~770)
76.9
—
4.98
1,070(290~1,220)
89.9
3.2
5.51
1,290(300~1,290)
93.9
—
4.73
1,000(310~1,190)
88.2
11.0
—
9.3
—
—
16.0
—
2.74
—
8.8
—
16.0
—
3.37
—
8.8
φ 1/4
φ 3/8
φ 11/16
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
65
49
33
inch
inch
inch
feet
feet
feet
oz/ft
H
M
L
W
Steps
A
W
%
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
W
oz
Lbs
H
L
W
A
W
%
A
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
φ 1/4
φ 3/8
φ 11/16
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
65
49
33
0.22
0.22
FTXS09DVJU
White
FTXS12DVJU
White
246(7.0)
197(5.6)
148(4.2)
253(7.2)
220(6.2)
187(5.3)
242(6.8)
195(5.5)
148(4.2)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent and Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
10-3/4×30-7/8×7-11/16
10-3/16×32-13/16×12-13/16
16.6
25.0
38 / 32 / 25
38 / 33 / 28
RXS09DVJU
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
1YC23NXD#EA
600
FVC50K
12.6
R-410A
1.76
1,120(31.7)
1,008(28.5)
816(23.1)
813(23.0)
Propeller
31
3.93
4.8
730
1,030
80.4
93.3
5.0
21-5/8×30-1/8×11-1/4
25×34-5/8×14-3/16
74.0
84.0
48 / —
49 / —
C: 3D047919
286(8.1)
237(6.7)
187(5.3)
Cross Flow Fan
18
5 Steps, Silent and Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
10-3/4×30-7/8×7-11/16
10-3/16×32-13/16×12-13/16
16.6
25.0
40 / 33 / 26
39 / 34 / 29
RXS12DVJU
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
1YC23NXD#EA
600
FVC50K
12.6
R-410A
2.2
1,031(29.2)
927(26.3)
737(20.9)
737(20.9)
Propeller
31
5.33
4.6
1,190
960
97.1
91.7
6.4
21-5/8×30-1/8×11-1/4
25×34-5/8×14-3/16
79.0
91.0
49 / —
51 / —
C: 3D047920
The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Conversion Formulae
Cooling
Heating
Piping Length
Indoor ; 80°FDB/67°FWB
Outdoor ; 95°FDB/75°FWB
Indoor ; 70°FDB/60°FWB
Outdoor ; 47°FDB/43°FWB
25ft
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiUS09-651
Specifications
60Hz 208-230V
Indoor Units
Model
FTXS15DVJU
RXS15DVJU
Outdoor Units
Capacity
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Moisture Removal
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor
EER (Rated)
COP (Rated)
Energy
Efficiency
Piping
Connections
SEER
HSPF
Liquid
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Min. Interunit Piping Length
Max. Interunit Height Difference
Chargeless
Amount of Additional Charge of
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rate cfm (m³/min)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L
Sound
Outdoor Unit
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant
Oil
Charge
Model
Refrigerant
Charge
Fan
Air Flow Rate cfm (m³/min)
Type
Motor Output
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/L
Sound
Drawing No.
Fan
Note:
Specifications
FTXS18DVJU
RXS18DVJU
Cooling
Heating
Cooling
Heating
Btu/h
15,000 (3,200~15,000)
18,000 (3,200~21,200)
18,000 (3,200~18,000)
21,600 (3,200~24,000)
Pt/h
A
W
%
Btu/
h·W
W/W
3.4
5.44
1,230(450~1,230)
95.1
—
6.88
1,570(450~2,540)
96.7
4.3
6.97
1,590(450~1,590)
96.7
—
8.71
2,000(450~2,620)
97.8
12.2
—
11.3
—
—
17.0
—
3.36
—
10.1
—
16.3
—
3.17
—
9.1
φ 1/4
φ 1/2
φ 11/16
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
98.4
4.9
65.6
33
inch
inch
inch
feet
feet
feet
feet
oz/ft
H
M
L
W
Steps
A
W
%
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
W
oz
Lbs
H
L
W
A
W
%
A
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
φ 1/4
φ 1/2
φ 11/16
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
98.4
4.9
65.6
33
0.22
0.22
FTXS15DVJU
White
FTXS18DVJU
White
519(14.7)
436(12.3)
353(10.0)
515(14.6)
459(13.0)
402(11.4)
549(15.5)
476(13.5)
402(11.4)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent and Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
11-7/16×41-5/16×9-3/8
13-1/4×45-3/16×14-7/16
26.5
38.0
45 / 41 / 36
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent and Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.18
40
96.6
Microcomputer Control
11-7/16×41-5/16×9-3/8
13-1/4×45-3/16×14-7/16
26.5
38.0
44 / 40 / 35
45 / 41 / 36
RXS15DVJU
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32JXD#E
1,500
FVC50K
21.8
R-410A
3.75
1,603(45.4)
1,367(38.7)
1,451(41.1)
1,367(38.7)
Propeller
53
5.3
6.7
1,190
1,530
98.4
99.3
10.0
28-15/16×32-1/2×11-13/16
31-7/16×37-15/16×15-3/8
117.0
133.0
51 / —
609(17.2)
529(15.0)
448(12.7)
44 / 40 / 35
RXS18DVJU
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC32JXD#E
1,500
FVC50K
21.8
R-410A
3.75
1,603(45.4)
1,367(38.7)
1,451(41.1)
1,367(38.7)
Propeller
53
6.79
8.5
1,550
1,960
99.3
99.9
11.4
28-15/16×32-1/2×11-13/16
31-7/16×37-15/16×15-3/8
117.0
133.0
51 / —
51 / —
3D047921
51 / —
3D047922
The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Conversion Formulae
Cooling
Heating
Piping Length
Indoor ; 80°FDB/67°FWB
Outdoor ; 95°FDB/75°FWB
Indoor ; 70°FDB/60°FWB
Outdoor ; 47°FDB/43°FWB
25ft
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
7
Specifications
SiUS09-651
60Hz 208-230V
Indoor Units
Model
FTXS24DVJU
RXS24DVJU
Outdoor Units
Capacity
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Moisture Removal
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor
EER (Rated)
COP (Rated)
Energy
Efficiency
Piping
Connections
SEER
HSPF
Liquid
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Min. Interunit Piping Length
Max. Interunit Height Difference
Chargeless
Amount of Additional Charge of
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit
Front Panel Color
Air Flow Rate
cfm (m³/min)
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Direction Control
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L
Sound
Outdoor Unit
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Model
Refrigerant
Oil
Charge
Model
Refrigerant
Charge
Fan
Air Flow Rate cfm (m³/min)
Type
Motor Output
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Starting Current
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/L
Sound
Drawing No.
Fan
Note:
8
Cooling
Heating
Btu/h
22,000 (3,200~22,000)
24,000 (3,200~25,400)
Pt/h
A
W
%
Btu/
h·W
W/W
6.3
10.3
2,360(450~2,360)
97.7
—
11.3
2,590(450~3,320)
97.9
9.3
—
—
15.0
—
2.72
—
9.2
φ 1/4
φ 5/8
φ 11/16
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
98.4
4.9
65.6
33
inch
inch
inch
feet
feet
feet
feet
oz/ft
0.22
FTXS24DVJU
White
H
M
L
536(15.2)
473(13.4)
409(11.6)
Cross Flow Fan
43
5 Steps, Silent and Auto
Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.20
45
97.8
Microcomputer Control
11-7/16×41-5/16×9-3/8
13-1/4×45-3/16×14-7/16
26.5
38.0
W
Steps
A
W
%
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
586(16.6)
532(15.1)
477(13.5)
46 / 42 / 37
W
oz
Lbs
H
L
W
A
W
%
A
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
46 / 42 / 37
RXS24DVJU
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
2YC45EXD#E
1,900
FVC50K
25.2
R-410A
3.75
1,752(49.6)
1,529(43.3)
1,465(41.5)
1,398(39.6)
Propeller
53
10.1
2,315
99.7
11.1
2,545
99.7
11.8
28-15/16×32-1/2×11-13/16
31-7/16×37-15/16×15-3/8
121.0
137.0
54 / —
54 / —
3D047923
The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Conversion Formulae
Cooling
Heating
Piping Length
Indoor ; 80°FDB/67°FWB
Outdoor ; 95°FDB/75°FWB
Indoor ; 70°FDB/60°FWB
Outdoor ; 47°FDB/43°FWB
25ft
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiUS09-651
Specifications
The Slim Duct Built-in System
60Hz 208-230V
Indoor Units
Models
FDXS09DVJU
RXS09DVJU
Outdoor Units
Capacity
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Moisture Removal
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor
EER (Rated)
COP (Rated)
Energy
Efficiency
Piping
Connections
SEER
HSPF
Liquid
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Max. Interunit Piping Length
Max. Interunit Height Difference
Chargeless
Amount of Additional Charge of
Refrigerant
Indoor Units
External Static Pressure
Air Flow Rate cfm
Fan
Type
Motor Output
Speed
Air Filter
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Temperature Control
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/M/L
Sound
Outdoor Units
Casing Color
Type
Compressor
Model
Motor Output
Type
Refrigerant
Oil
Charge
Type
Refrigerant
Charge
Air Flow Rate cfm (m³/min)
Type
Motor Output
Running Current (Rated)
Power Consumption (Rated)
Power Factor
Dimensions (H×W×D)
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D)
Weight
Gross Weight
Operation
H/L
Sound
Drawing No.
Fan
Note:
Specifications
FDXS12DVJU
RXS12DVJU
Cooling
Heating
Cooling
Heating
Btu/h
8,500 (4,400~8,500)
10,000 (4,400~10,000)
11,500 (4,800~11,500)
11,500 (4,800~11,500)
Pt/h
A
W
%
Btu/
h·W
W/W
2.5
4.2
770(300~770)
79.7
—
4.5
950(290~1,220)
91.8
4.0
5.9
1,290(300~1,290)
95.1
—
4.6
960(290~1,190)
90.7
10.9
—
8.85
—
—
13.0
—
3.0
—
7.7
—
13.0
—
3.5
—
7.7
φ 1/4
φ 3/8
VP20 (O.D. φ 1-1/32, I.D. φ 25/32)
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
65
49
33
inch
inch
inch
feet
feet
feet
oz/ft
Pa
H
M
L
W
Steps
A
W
%
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
W
oz
Lbs
H
L
W
A
W
%
inch
inch
Lbs
Lbs
dBA
φ 1/4
φ 3/8
VP20 (O.D. φ 1-1/32, I.D. φ 25/32)
Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
65
49
33
0.22
0.22
FDXS09DVJU
30
FDXS12DVJU
30
305
280
260
305
280
260
305
280
260
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.52
72
60.2
Microcomputer Control
7-7/8×27-9/16×24-7/16
10-13/16×30-1/4×36-5/16
47
64
35 / 33 / 31
Sirocco Fan
62
5 Steps, Silent, Auto
Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
0.52
72
60.2
Microcomputer Control
7-7/8×27-9/16×24-7/16
10-13/16×30-1/4×36-5/16
47
64
35 / 33 / 31
35 / 33 / 31
RXS09DVJU
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
1YC23NXD#EA
600
FVC50K
12.6
R-410A
1.76
1,120(31.7)
1,008(28.5)
816(23.1)
813(23.0)
Propeller
31
3.7
4.1
698
888
82.0
94.2
21-5/8×30-1/8×11-1/4
25×34-5/8×14-3/16
74.0
84.0
48 / —
305
280
260
35 / 33 / 31
RXS12DVJU
Ivory White
Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
1YC23NXD#EA
600
FVC50K
12.6
R-410A
2.2
1,031(29.2)
927(26.3)
737(20.9)
737(20.9)
Propeller
31
5.4
4.1
1,218
888
98.1
94.2
21-5/8×30-1/8×11-1/4
25×34-5/8×14-3/16
79.0
91.0
49 / —
49 / —
3D051781A
51 / —
3D051782A
The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling
Heating
Piping Length
Indoor ; 80°FDB/67°FWB
Outdoor ; 95°FDB/75°FWB
Indoor ; 70°FDB/60°FWB
Outdoor ; 47°FDB/43°FWB
25ft
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
9
Specifications
10
SiUS09-651
Specifications
SiUS09-651
Part 3
Printed Circuit Board
Connector Wiring Diagram
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram..................................... 12
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
FTXS09/12DVJU....................................................................................... 12
FTXS15/18/24DVJU.................................................................................. 14
FDXS09/12DVJU ...................................................................................... 16
RXS09/12DVJU......................................................................................... 18
RXS15/18/24DVJU.................................................................................... 20
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
11
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
1. Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.1
FTXS09/12DVJU
Connectors
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Note:
S1
S6
S7
S21
S26
S27, S36
S32
S35
Other designations
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
12
Connector for fan motor
Connector for swing motor (horizontal blades)
Connector for fan motor (Hall IC)
Connector for centralized control (HA)
Connector for signal receiver PCB
Connector for control PCB
Connector for heat exchanger thermistor
Connector for INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB
SW7
LED1
LED2
LED3
FU1
RTH1
LED A
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
Power failure recovery function (auto-restart)
∗ Refer to page 305 for detail.
Forced operation ON / OFF switch
LED for operation (green)
LED for timer (yellow)
LED for HOME LEAVE operation (red)
Fuse (3.15A)
Room temperature thermistor
LED for service monitor (green)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB Detail
PCB(1): Control PCB
PCB(2): Signal Receiver PCB
V1
Control PCB
Fu1
S1
Signal Receiver PCB
SW7
LED1
LED2
LED3
RTH1
S27
S21
S7
S6
S35
LED A
JA
JB
JC
S32
S26
(R4011)
PCB(3): INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB
S36
(R3321)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
13
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.2
SiUS09-651
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Connectors
1) S1
2) S6
3) S8
4) S21
5) S26, S37
6) S27, S29, S36
7) S28
8) S32
9) S35
10) S38
Note:
Other designations
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
14
Connector for fan motor
Connector for swing motor (horizontal blades)
Connector for swing motor (vertical blades)
Connector for centralized control (HA)
Connector for buzzer PCB
Connector for control PCB
Connector for signal receiver PCB
Connector for heat exchanger thermistor
Connector for Intelligent Eye sensor PCB
Connector for display PCB
SW1
LED1
LED2
LED3
FU1
RTH1
LED A
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat
Power failure recovery function
∗ Refer to page 305 for detail.
Forced operation ON / OFF switch
LED for operation (green)
LED for timer (yellow)
LED for Home Leave operation (red)
Fuse (3.15A)
Room temperature thermistor
LED for service monitor (green)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
PCB Detail
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB(1): Control PCB (indoor unit)
S1
V1
FU1
S21
S6
S8
S35
LED A
JA
JB JC
PCB(2): Signal Receiver PCB
S32 S28
S26
(R2860)
PCB(3): Buzzer PCB
S27
SW1
S38
S29
(R2861)
RTH1
PCB(4): Display PCB
LED1
LED2
(R2862)
PCB(5): Intelligent Eye sensor PCB
LED3
S37
(R2863)
S36
(R2864)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
15
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.3
SiUS09-651
FDXS09/12DVJU
Connectors
PCB (1) (Control PCB)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
S1
S7
S21
S26
S32
Connector for fan motor
Connector for fan motor
Connector for centralized control
Connector for display PCB
Connector for room temp/heat exchanger thermistor
PCB (2) (Display PCB)
1) S1
Note:
Connector for control PCB
Other designations
PCB (1) (Control PCB)
1) V1
2) JA
JB
JC
3) LED A
4) FU1
Varistor
Address setting jumper
Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat.
Power failure recovery function.
∗ Refer to page 305 for more detail.
LED for service monitor (green)
Fuse (3.15A)
PCB (2) (Display PCB)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
PCB Detail
SW1
LED1
LED2
LED3
RTH1
Forced operation ON/OFF switch
LED for operation (Green)
LED for timer (Yellow)
LED for HOME LEAVE Operations (Red)
Room temperature thermistor
PCB (1): Control PCB
Fu1
S1
V1
S7
S21
S26
LED A JA
16
JB JC
S32
2P131149
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
PCB Detail
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB (2): Display PCB
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
17
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.4
SiUS09-651
RXS09/12DVJU
Connectors
PCB(1)(Filter PCB)
1) S11
Connector for control PCB
PCB(2)(Control PCB)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Connector for filter PCB
Connector for electronic expansion valve coil
Connector for compressor motor
Connector for overload protector
Connector for fan motor
Connector for four way valve coil
Connector for thermistors
(outdoor air, heat exchanger, discharge pipe)
8) HC3, HC4, HL3, HN3 Connector for filter PCB
Note:
S10
S20
S30
S40
S70
S80
S90
Other designations
PCB(1)(Filter PCB)
1) FU3
2) V2, V3
Fuse (20A)
Varistor
PCB(2)(Control PCB)
1) FU1, FU2
2) LED A
3) V1
18
Fuse (3.15A)
Service monitor LED
Varistor
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
PCB Detail
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB(1): Filter PCB
V3 V2
FU3(20A)
S11
(R4293)
PCB(2): Control PCB (outdoor unit)
S10
S40 LED A
S90
S30
S70
HC3
FU2(3.15A)
HN3
HC4
S20
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
S80 V1
FU1(3.15A) HL3
(R5464)
19
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
1.5
SiUS09-651
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Connectors
PCB(1)(Control PCB)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
S10, AC2
S20
S31, S32
S33, S71
S40
S51, S101
S80
S90
9) S91
10) AC1, E
11) H1, H2
Connector for terminal strip
Connector for electronic expansion valve coil
Connector for SPM
Connector for MID
Connector for overload protector
Connector for service monitor PCB
Connector for four way valve coil
Connector for thermistors
(outdoor air, heat exchanger, and discharge pipe)
Connector for fin thermistor
Connector for power supply PCB
Connector for diode bridge
PCB(2)(Power Supply PCB)
1) HL
2) HAC1, HE1
3) HE2
Connector for terminal strip
Connector for control PCB
Connector for earth
PCB(3)(Service Monitor PCB)
1) S52, S102
Connector for control PCB
MID
1) S34, S72
2) S70
Connector for control PCB
Connector for fan motor
SPM
1) CN11, CN14
2) L1, L2
Note:
Connector for control PCB
Connector for reactor
Other Designations
PCB(1)(Control PCB)
1) FU2
Fuse (3.15A)
PCB(2)(Power Supply PCB)
1) FU1
2) V3
Fuse (30A)
Varistor
PCB(3)(Service Monitor PCB)
1) LED A
2) SW1
Service monitor LED
Forced operation ON/OFF switch
MID
1) FU201
20
Fuse (3.15A)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
PCB Detail
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
PCB(1): Control PCB (outdoor unit)
E
AC1
FU2(3.15A)
H1
H2
AC2
S10
S32
S33
S71
S31
S80
S51
S101
S90
S20
S91
S40
(R2865)
PCB(2): Power Supply PCB
Service Monitor PCB
S52
SW1
FU1(30A)
HAC1
LED A
V3
HL
S102
SW4
(R5140)
HE1
HE2
(R2866)
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
21
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
MID
S34
S72
FU201 (3.15A)
S70
(R2868)
SPM
CN11
CN14
L1
L2
(R2869)
22
Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram
SiUS09-651
Part 4
Function and Control
1. Main Functions......................................................................................... 25
1.1 Frequency Principle................................................................................... 25
1.2 Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide-Angle Louvres and Auto-Swing
(Only for the Single Split Duct-Free System) ............................................ 27
1.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units........................................................... 28
1.4 Program Dry Function ............................................................................... 29
1.5 Automatic Operation.................................................................................. 30
1.6 Thermostat Control.................................................................................... 31
1.7 NIGHT SET Mode ..................................................................................... 32
1.8 INTELLIGENT EYE ................................................................................... 33
1.9 HOME LEAVE Operation .......................................................................... 35
1.10 Inverter Powerful Operation ...................................................................... 36
1.11 Other Functions......................................................................................... 37
2. Function of Thermistor ............................................................................. 39
2.1 Heat Pump Model...................................................................................... 39
3. Control Specification (09/12 Class).......................................................... 40
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................... 40
Frequency Control..................................................................................... 41
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................... 43
Discharge Pipe Control ............................................................................. 44
Input Current Control................................................................................. 45
Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................... 45
Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................... 46
Fan Control................................................................................................ 46
Liquid Compression Protection Function 2................................................ 46
Defrost Control .......................................................................................... 47
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................... 48
Malfunctions .............................................................................................. 51
Forced Operation Mode ............................................................................ 52
Additional Function.................................................................................... 52
4. Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)..................................................... 53
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
Function and Control
Mode Hierarchy ......................................................................................... 53
Frequency Control..................................................................................... 54
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up....................................................... 56
Discharge Pipe Temperature Control........................................................ 57
Input Current Control................................................................................. 58
Freeze-up Protection Control .................................................................... 59
Heating Peak-cut Control .......................................................................... 59
Fan Control................................................................................................ 60
Liquid Compression Protection Function 2................................................ 60
Low Hz High Pressure Limit ...................................................................... 61
23
SiUS09-651
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
24
Defrost Control .......................................................................................... 61
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................... 62
Malfunctions .............................................................................................. 65
Forced Operation Mode ............................................................................ 66
Additional Function.................................................................................... 66
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Main Functions
1. Main Functions
Note:
1.1
See the list of functions for the functions applicable to different models.
Frequency Principle
Main Control
Parameters
The compressor is frequency-controlled during normal operation. The target frequency is set by the
following 2 parameters coming from the operating indoor unit:
The load condition of the operating indoor unit
The difference between the room temperature and the set temperature
Additional
Control
Parameters
The target frequency is adapted by additional parameters in the following cases:
Frequency restrictions
Initial settings
Forced cooling operation
Inverter Principle
To regulate the capacity, a frequency control is needed. The inverter makes it possible to vary the
rotation speed of the compressor. The following table explains the conversion principle:
Phase
1
2
Drawing of
Inverter
Description
The supplied AC power source is converted into the DC power source for the present.
The DC power source is reconverted into the three phase AC power source with variable
frequency.
When the frequency increases, the rotation speed of the compressor increases resulting
in an increased refrigerant circulation. This leads to a higher amount of the heat
exchange per unit.
When the frequency decreases, the rotation speed of the compressor decreases
resulting in a decreased refrigerant circulation. This leads to a lower amount of the heat
exchange per unit.
The following drawing shows a schematic view of the inverter principle:
Refrigerant circulation rate (high)
DC
power
Amount of heat
exchanged air (small)
high speed
AC
power
Amount of heat
exchanged air (large)
high f
low f
Amount of heat
exchanged air (large)
Amount of heat
exchanged air (small)
low speed
50 Hz
freq=
constant 60 Hz
freq=variable
capacity=
variable
Refrigerant circulation rate (low)
Function and Control
(R2812)
25
Main Functions
Inverter Features
SiUS09-651
The inverter provides the following features:
The regulating capacity can be changed according to the changes in the outdoor air
temperature and cooling / heating load.
Quick heating and quick cooling
The compressor rotational speed is increased when starting the heating (or cooling). This
enables a quick set temperature.
Air discharge
temperature
113˚F
inverter
normal heat pump
Start
60
120
300
seconds
(R4144)
Even during extreme cold weather, the high capacity is achieved. It is maintained even when
the outdoor air temperature is 36°F.
Comfortable air conditioning
A detailed adjustment is integrated to ensure a fixed room temperature. It is possible to air
condition with a small room temperature variation.
Energy saving heating and cooling
Once the set temperature is reached, the energy saving operation enables to maintain the room
temperature at low power.
Frequency Limits
The following table shows the functions that define the minimum and maximum frequency:
Frequency limits
Low
High
Forced Cooling
Operation
26
Limited during the activation of following functions
Four way valve operation compensation. Refer to page 43.
Input current control. Refer to page 45.
Compressor protection function. Refer to page 44.
Heating peak-cut control. Refer to page 46.
Freeze-up protection control. Refer to page 45.
Defrost control. Refer to page 47.
For more information, refer to “Forced operation mode” on page 52.
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
1.2
Main Functions
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps, Wide-Angle Louvres and AutoSwing (Only for the Single Split Duct-Free System)
Power-Airflow
Dual Flaps
The large flaps send a large volume of air downwards to the floor. The flap provides an optimum
control area in cooling, heating and dry mode.
Heating Mode
During heating mode, the large flap enables direct warm air straight downwards. The flap presses
the warm air above the floor to reach the entire room.
Cooling Mode
During cooling mode, the flap retracts into the indoor unit. Then, cool air can be blown far and
pervaded all over the room.
Wide-Angle
Louvres
The louvres, made of elastic synthetic resin, provide a wide range of airflow that guarantees a
comfortable air distribution.
Auto-Swing
The following table explains the auto swing process for heating, cooling, dry and fan :
09/12 Class
Horizontal Swing
(right and left: manual)
Heating, Cooling
Vertical Swing (up and down)
Cooling / Dry / Fan
Heating
0˚
5˚
0˚
25˚
30˚
25˚
50˚
5˚
50˚
30˚
(R4013)
(R2946)
(R2817)
15/18/24 Class
Horizontal Swing
(right and left)
Heating, Cooling
Vertical Swing (up and down)
Heating
Cooling
Dry
15˚
55˚
55˚
(R2813)
5˚
5˚
10˚
15˚
Fan
40˚ 10˚
40˚
35˚
5˚
5˚
55˚
35˚
(R2814)
50˚
(R2816)
(R2815)
50˚
55˚
(R2817)
Outline of 3-D
Airflow
Alternative repetition of vertical and horizontal swing motions enables uniform air-conditioning of
the entire room. This function is effective for starting the air conditioner.
Detail of the
Action
When the horizontal swing and vertical swing are both set to auto mode, the airflow become 3-D
airflow and the horizontal swing and vertical swing motions are alternated. The order of swing
motion is such that it turns counterclockwise, starting from the right upper point as viewed to the
front side of the indoor unit.
�
�
�
�
(R1024)
Function and Control
27
Main Functions
1.3
SiUS09-651
Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units
Control Mode
The airflow rate can be automatically controlled depending on the difference between the set
temperature and the room temperature. This is done through phase control and Hall IC control.
For more information about Hall IC, refer to trouble shooting for fan motor on page 152.
Phase Steps
Phase control and fan speed control contains 9 steps: LLL, LL, SL, L, ML, M, MH, H and HH.
Step
LLL (Heating thermostat OFF)
LL (Cooling thermostat OFF)
SL (Silent)
L
ML
M
MH
H
HH (Powerful)
Cooling
Heating
Dry mode
09/12 class :
500 - 860 rpm
(During powerful operation :
850 - 910 rpm)
(R4085)
(R4085)
15/18/24 class :
750 - 1000 rpm
(During powerful operation :
1050 rpm)
= Within this range the airflow rate is automatically controlled when the FAN setting button
is set to automatic.
Note:
Automatic Air
Flow Control for
Heating
1. During powerful operation, fan operate H tap + 50 - 90 rpm.
2. Fan stops during defrost operation.
The following drawing explains the principle for fan speed control for heating:
Thermostat
setting
temperature
Phase control
–Δ0.9˚F
L
–Δ2.7˚F
ML
–Δ1.8˚F Difference between room
and set temperature
–Δ3.6˚F
M
fan speed
Automatic Air
Flow Control for
Cooling
(R4145)
The following drawing explains the principle of fan speed control for cooling:
fan speed
M
+Δ3.6˚F
ML
+Δ2.7˚F
L
Difference between room
and set temperature
+Δ1.8˚F
+Δ0.9˚F
Thermostat
setting
temperature
28
Phase control
(R4146)
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
1.4
Main Functions
Program Dry Function
Program dry function removes humidity while preventing the room temperature from lowering.
Since the microcomputer controls both the temperature and air flow volume, the temperature
adjustment and fan adjustment buttons are inoperable in this mode.
In Case of
Inverter Units
The microcomputer automatically sets the temperature and fan settings. The difference between
the room temperature at startup and the temperature set by the microcomputer is divided into two
zones. Then, the unit operates in the dry mode with an appropriate capacity for each zone to
maintain the temperature and humidity at a comfortable level.
Room temperature at
startup
Temperature (ON point) Frequency switching
at which operation starts point
temperature at
75ºF Room
startup
64ºF
Temperature difference
for operation stop
Δ2.7ºF
Δ0.9ºF
Δ1.8ºF
64ºF
63ºF
—
ON point
Frequency
switching
point
Δ0.9˚F
OFF point
5 min
5 min
Compressor
control
LHz
Stop
*55Hz
Indoor unit fan
Extra-low air flow
Low air flow
LHz
Stop
Extra-low air flow
Stop
LHz
Stop
*55Hz
Stop
Stop
Low air flow
LHz indicates low frequency. Item marked with varies depending on models.
(R4147)
Function and Control
29
Main Functions
1.5
SiUS09-651
Automatic Operation
Automatic Cooling / Heating Function (Heat Pump Only)
When the AUTO mode is selected with the remote controller, the microcomputer automatically
determines the operation mode from cooling and heating according to the room temperature and
setting temperature at the time of the operation startup, and automatically operates in that mode.
The unit automatically switches the operation mode to cooling or heating to maintain the room
temperature at the main unit setting temperature.
Detailed
Explanation of
the Function
1. Remote controller setting temperature is set as automatic cooling / heating setting temperature
(64 to 86°F).
2. Main unit setting temperature equals remote controller setting temperature plus correction value
(correction value / cooling: Δ0ºF, heating: Δ3.6ºF).
3. Operation ON / OFF point and mode switching point are as follows.
N Heating → Cooling switching point:
Room temperature ≥ Main unit setting temperature +Δ4.5ºF
O Cooling → Heating switching point:
Room temperature < Main unit setting temperature –Δ4.5ºF
P Thermostat ON / OFF point is the same as the ON / OFF point of cooling or heating
operation.
4. During initial operation
Room temperature ≥ Remote controller setting temperature: Cooling operation
Room temperature < Remote controller setting temperature: Heating operation
Heating /
cooling switching point
Δ4.5˚F
or higher
(Heating thermostat
OFF point)
Main unit setting
temperature
(Cooling thermostat
OFF point)
Cooling /
heating switching point
(Δ2.7˚F)
or higher
Less than
(Δ2.7˚F)
Cooling
operation
Heating
operation
Cooling
operation
Δ4.5˚F
or higher
With compressor capacity supplied
With no compressor capacity supplied
(R4148)
30
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
1.6
Main Functions
Thermostat Control
Thermostat control is based on the difference between the room temperature and the setpoint.
Thermostat OFF Condition
The temperature difference is in the zone A.
Thermostat ON Condition
The temperature difference is above the zone C after being in the zone A.
The system resumes from defrost control in any zones except A.
The operation turns on in any zones except A.
The monitoring time has passed while the temperature difference is in the zone B.
(Cooling / Dry : 10 minutes, Heating : 10 seconds)
Cooling / Dry
ON
Room temperature - setpoint
Cooling : -Δ0.9˚F
Dry : -Δ0.9˚F
C
B
Cooling : -Δ3.6˚F
Dry : -Δ4.5˚F~-Δ3.6˚F
A
OFF
(R5465)
Heating
Room temperature - setpoint
OFF
A
Δ2.7˚F
B
C
Δ0˚F
ON
(R5466)
Function and Control
31
Main Functions
1.7
SiUS09-651
NIGHT SET Mode
When the OFF timer is set, the NIGHT SET circuit automatically activates.
The NIGHT SET circuit maintains the airflow setting made by users.
The NIGHT SET
Circuit
The NIGHT SET circuit continues heating or cooling the room at the set temperature for the first
one hour, then automatically raises the temperature setting slightly in the case of cooling, or lowers
it slightly in the case of heating, for economical operations. This prevents excessive heating in
winter and excessive cooling in summer to ensure comfortable sleeping conditions, and also
conserves electricity.
Cooling Operation
Heating Operation
32
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
1.8
Main Functions
INTELLIGENT EYE
This is the function that detects existence of humans in the room by a human motion sensor
(INTELLIGENT EYE) and reduces the capacity when there is no human in the room in order to
save electricity.
Processing
1. Detection method by INTELLIGENT EYE
sampling (20msec)
Sensor output
1sec
If the sensor detects the outputs 10 times/sec.
or more, it judges humans exist.
High
Low
(Human motion)
Human detection ON
signal
OFF
(R2821)
This sensor detects human motion by receiving infrared rays and displays the pulse wave
output.
A microcomputer in an indoor unit carries out a sampling every 20 msec. and if it detects 10
cycles of the wave in one second in total (corresponding to 20msec.× 10 = 100msec.), it judges
human is in the room as the motion signal is ON.
2. The motions (for example: in cooling)
within 20
minutes.
20 min.
20 min.
40 min.
Human detection ON
signal
OFF
RESET.
C/O Set temp. + Δ3.6˚F
H/P Set temp. - Δ3.6˚F
Set temp.
Frequency at set temp. + Δ3.6˚F
MaxHz
Compressor Mi nHz
speed
0Hz
The lower limit by detecting
human.
(Prohibition of thermostat-off)
in case of
thermostat-off
Remote controller
Intelligent Eye
ON
button
OFF
Operation
ON
OFF
Fan speed ( 1)
Set speed
Set speed
Set speed - 50 rpm
OFF
(R4151)
When a microcomputer doesn’t have a signal from the sensor in 20 minutes, it judges that
nobody is in the room and operates the unit in temperature sifted Δ3.6°F from the set
temperature. (COOL : Δ3.6°F higher, DRY: Δ1.8°F higher, AUTO : according to the operation
mode at that time.)
1 In case of FAN mode, the fan speed reduces by 50 rpm.
Function and Control
33
Main Functions
SiUS09-651
Since the set temperature is shifted by Δ3.6°F higher for 40 minutes, compressor speed
becomes low and can realize energy saving operation. But as thermostat is prone to be off by
the fact that the set temperature has been shifted, the thermostat-off action is prohibited in 40
minutes so as to prevent this phenomena.
After this 40 minutes, the prohibition of the thermostat-off is cancelled and it can realize the
conditions to conduct thermostat-off depending on the room temperature. In or after this forty
minutes, if the sensor detects human motion detection signal, it let the set temperature and the
fan speed return to the original set point, keeping a normal operation.
Others
34
The dry operation can’t command the setting temperature with a remote controller, but internally
the set temperature is shifted by Δ1.8°F.
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
1.9
Main Functions
HOME LEAVE Operation
Outline
In order to respond to the customer's need for immediate heating and cooling of the room after
returning home or for house care, a measure to switch the temperature and air volume from that for
normal time over to outing time by one touch is provided. (This function responds also to the need
for keeping up with weak cooling or heating.)
This time, we seek for simplicity of operation by providing the special temperature and air volume
control for outing to be set by the exclusive button.
Detail of the
Control
1. Start of Function
The function starts when the [HOME LEAVE] button is pressed in cooling mode or heating mode
(including stopping and powerful operation). If this button is pressed while the operation is stopped,
the function becomes effective when the operation is started. If this button is pressed in powerful
operation, the powerful operation is reset and this function becomes effective.
The [HOME LEAVE] button is ineffective in dry mode and fan mode.
2. Details of Function
A mark representing [HOME LEAVE] is indicated on the liquid crystal display of the remote
controller. The indoor unit is operated according to the set temperature and air volume for HOME
LEAVE which were pre-set in the memory of the remote controller.
The LED (Red) of indoor unit representing [HOME LEAVE] lights up. (It goes out when the
operation is stopped.)
3. End of Function
The function ends when the [HOME LEAVE] button is pressed again during [HOME LEAVE]
operation or when the powerful operation button is pressed.
Others
Function and Control
The set temperature and set air volume are memorized in the remote controller. When the remote
controller is reset due to replacement of battery, it is necessary to set the temperature and air
volume again for [HOME LEAVE].
35
Main Functions
SiUS09-651
1.10 Inverter Powerful Operation
Outline
In order to exploit the cooling and heating capacity to full extent, operate the air conditioner by
increasing the indoor fan rotating speed and the compressor frequency.
Details of the
Control
When POWERFUL button is pushed in each operation mode, the fan speed / setting temperature
will be converted to the following states in a period of twenty minutes.
Operation mode
COOL
DRY
Fan speed
H tap + 90 rpm
Dry rotating speed +
50 rpm
HEAT
FAN
AUTO
H tap + 90 rpm
H tap + 90 rpm
Same as cooling /
heating in Powerful
operation
Target set temperature
64°F
Normally targeted
temperature in dry
operation; Approx. –Δ3.6°F
86°F
—
The target is kept
unchanged
Ex.) : Powerful operation in cooling mode.
Target temp.
Set temp.
It should be the lower limit of cooling temperature.
64˚F
Powerful ON
It counts 20 min. also in the remote controller.
Powerful OFF
Fan
90rpm
H tap
Set tap
20min.
Ending condition: "or" in 1 to 3
1. After the lapse of 20 minutes.
2. Stop
3. Powerful operation is OFF.
(R5488)
36
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Main Functions
1.11 Other Functions
1.11.1 Hot Start Function
Heat Pump Only
In order to prevent the cold air blast that normally comes when heating is started, the temperature
of the heat exchanger of the indoor unit is detected, and either the air flow is stopped or is made
very weak thereby carrying out comfortable heating of the room.
*The cold air blast is also prevented using a similar control when the defrosting operation is started
or when the thermostat gets turned ON.
1.11.2 Signal Receiving Sign
When the indoor unit receives a signal from the remote controller, the unit emits a signal receiving
sound.
1.11.3 ON/OFF Button on Indoor Unit
An ON/OFF switch is provided on the front panel of the unit. Use this switch when the remote
controller is missing or if its battery has run out.
Every press of the switch changes from Operation to Stop or from Stop to Operation
In case of the Single Split Duct-Free System
ON / OFF button
(R2824)
In case of the Slim Duct Built-in System
ON / OFF button
(R4133)
Push this button once to start operation. Push once again to stop it.
This button is useful when the remote controller is missing.
The operation mode refers to the following table.
Heat Pump
Mode
AUTO
Temperature setting
77ºF
Air flow rate
AUTO
In the case of multi system operation, there are times when the unit does not activate with this
button.
Function and Control
37
Main Functions
SiUS09-651
1.11.4 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
The Single Split Duct-Free System Only
This filter incorporates the benefits the Air Purifying Filter and Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter in a
single unit. Combining the two filters in this way increases the active surface area of the new filter.
This larger surface area allows the filter to effectively trap microscopic particles, decompose odours
and deactivate bacteria and viruses even for the high volume of air required to air-condition large
living rooms. The filter can be used for approximately 3 years if periodic maintenance is performed.
1.11.5 Mold Proof Air Filter
The Single Split Duct-Free System Only
The air filter net is impregnated with a safe, odourless mould preventative to make the filter virtually
immune to mould.
1.11.6 Self-Diagnosis Digital Display
The microcomputer continuously monitors main operating conditions of the indoor unit, outdoor unit
and the entire system. When an abnormality occur, the LCD remote controller displays error code.
These indications allow prompt maintenance operations.
1.11.7 Auto-restart Function
Even if a power failure (including one for just a moment) occurs during the operation, the operation
restarts in the condition before power failure automatically when power is restored.
(Note) It takes 3 minutes to restart the operation because the 3-minutes standby function is
activated.
38
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Function of Thermistor
2. Function of Thermistor
2.1
Heat Pump Model
A
C
Four way valve
B
Compressor
(R3305)
A Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
Thermistor (DCB)
1. The outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling target discharge temperature.
Set a target discharge temperature depending on the outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve opening so that the target discharge temperature can be
obtained.
2. The outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting the discharge thermistor
disconnected when cooling.
When the temperature of the discharge piping is lower than the temperature of outdoor heat
exchanger, a disconnected discharge thermistor can be detected.
3. The outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for high pressure protection during cooling
operation.
B Discharge
Pipe Thermistor
(DOT)
1. The discharge pipe thermistor is used to control the discharge pipe.
If the temperature of discharge pipe (used in place of the inner temperature of the compressor)
rises abnormally, the operating frequency drops or the operation must be halted.
2. The discharge pipe thermistor is used for detecting the discharge thermistor disconnected.
C Indoor Heat
Exchanger
Thermistor (DCN)
1. The indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling target discharge pipe temperature.
Set a target discharge pipe temperature according to the outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature.
Control the electronic expansion valve so that the target discharge pipe temperature can be
obtained.
2. The indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used to prevent freezing.
During the cooling operation, if the temperature drops abnormally, the operating frequency
becomes lower, then the operation must be halted.
3. The indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for anti-icing control.
During the cooling operation, if the heat exchanger temperature in the room where operation is
halted becomes 30°F, or if the room temperature - heat exchanger temperature in the room
where operation is halted becomes ≥18°F, it is assumed as icing.
4. During heating: the indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for detecting the discharge pipe
thermistor disconnected.
When the discharge pipe temperature become lower than an indoor heat exchanger
temperature, a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor can be detected.
Function and Control
39
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
SiUS09-651
3. Control Specification (09/12 Class)
3.1
Mode Hierarchy
Outline
There are two modes; the mode selected in user’s place (normal air conditioning mode) and forced
operation mode for installation and providing service.
Detail
For heat pump model
There are following modes; stop, cooling (includes drying), heating (include defrosting)
Air conditioner control mode
Forced operating mode
Forced cooling (for Pump Down Operation)
Normal operating mode
Cooling
Heating
Defrosting
Stop mode (except for cooling/heating modes by indoor command)
Preheat operation
During C (capacitor) is discharging
Stop
(R2829)
Note:
40
Unless specified otherwise, an indoor dry operation command must be regarded as cooling
operation.
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
3.2
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
Frequency Control
Outline
Frequency will be determined according to the difference between room and set temperature.
The function is explained as follows.
1. How to determine frequency.
2. Frequency command from an indoor unit. (The difference between a room temperature and the
temperature set by the remote controller.)
3. Frequency command from an indoor unit.
4. Frequency initial setting.
5. PI control.
Frequency changes by PI control < repeats when frequency becomes lower
Command frequency X repeats when frequency becomes lower
Drooping function
Input current control, etc.
Upper limit frequency
FMAX
Command frequency
Limit frequency
Initial frequency
PI control
Defrost control (*)
Lower limit frequency
FMIN
Upper limit function
Compressor protection function
Skip control
Target frequency
Lower limit function
Four-way valve operating compensation, etc. (*)
*; only for heat pump model
(R2831)
Detail
How to Determine Frequency
The compressor’s frequency will finally be determined by taking the following steps.
For Heat Pump Model
1. Determine command frequency
Command frequency will be determined in the following order of priority.
1.1 Limiting frequency by drooping function
Input current, discharge pipes, peak cutting, freeze-up protection, dew prevention, fin thermistor
temperature.
1.2 Limiting defrost control time
1.3 Forced cooling
1.4 Indoor frequency command
2. Determine upper limit frequency
Set a minimum value as an upper limit frequency among the frequency upper limits of the
following functions:
Compressor protection, input current, discharge pipes, peak cutting, freeze-up protection,
defrost.
3. Determine lower limit frequency
Set a maximum value as an lower limit frequency among the frequency lower limits of the
following functions:
Four way valve operating compensation, draft prevention, pressure difference upkeep.
4. Determine prohibited frequency
There is a certain prohibited frequency such as a power supply frequency.
Function and Control
41
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
SiUS09-651
Indoor Frequency Command (ΔD signal)
The difference between a room temperature and the temperature set by the remote controller will
be taken as the “ΔD signal” and is used for frequency command.
Temperature
difference
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
ΔD
signal
∗Th
OFF
1
2
3
Temperature
difference
2.0
ΔD
signal
4
Temperature
difference
4.0
ΔD
signal
8
Temperature
difference
6.0
ΔD
signal
C
2.5
3.0
3.5
5
6
7
4.5
5.0
5.5
9
A
B
6.5
7.0
7.5
D
E
F
∗Th OFF = Thermostat OFF
Frequency Initial Setting
<Outline>
When starting the compressor, or when conditions are varied due to the change of the room, the
frequency must be initialized according to the ΔD value of the indoor unit and the Q value of the
indoor unit.
Q value: Indoor unit output determined from indoor unit volume, air flow rate and other factors.
PI Control (Determine Frequency Up / Down by ΔD Signal)
1. P control
Calculate ΔD value in each sampling time (20 seconds), and adjust the frequency according to
its difference from the frequency previously calculated.
2. I control
If the operating frequency is not change more than a certain fixed time, adjust the frequency up
and down according to the ΔD value, obtaining the fixed ΔD value.
When the ΔD value is small...lower the frequency.
When the ΔD value is large...increase the frequency.
3. Frequency management when other controls are functioning
When frequency is drooping;
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency droops.
For limiting lower limit
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency rises.
4. Upper and lower limit of frequency by PI control
The frequency upper and lower limits are set depending on indoor unit.
When low noise commands come from the indoor unit or when outdoor unit low noise or quiet
commands come from indoor unit, the upper limit frequency must be lowered than the usual
setting.
42
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
3.3
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up
3.3.1 Preheating Operation
Outline
Operate the inverter in the open phase operation with the conditions including the preheating
command from the discharge pipe temperature.
Detail
Preheating ON Condition
When the discharge pipe temperature is below 50ºF, inverter in open phase operation starts.
OFF Condition
When the discharge pipe temperature is higher than 54ºF, inverter in open phase operation
stops.
3.3.2 Four Way Valve Switching
Outline of
Heating
Operation
Heat Pump Only
During the heating operation current must be conducted and during cooling and defrosting current
must not be conducted. In order to eliminate the switching sound (as the four way valve coil
switches from ON to OFF) when the heating is stopped, the delay switch of the four way valve must
be carried out after the operation stopped.
Detail
The OFF delay of four way valve
Energize the coil for 160 sec after unit operation is stopped.
3.3.3 Four Way Valve Operation Compensation
Outline
Heat Pump Only
At the beginning of the operation as the four way valve is switched, acquire the differential pressure
required for activating the four way valve by having output the operating frequency, which is more
than a certain fixed frequency, for a certain fixed time.
Detail
Starting Conditions
1. When starting compressor for heating.
2. When the operating mode changes to cooling from heating.
3. When starting compressor for rushing defrosting or resetting.
4. When starting compressor for the first time after the reset with the power is ON.
5. When starting compressor for heating next to the suspension of defrosting.
6. When starting compressor next to the fault of switching over cooling / heating.
Set the lower limit frequency to 68 (model by model) Hz for 45 seconds with any conditions 1
through 4 above.
Function and Control
43
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
SiUS09-651
3.3.4 3-minutes Standby
Prohibit to turn ON the compressor for 3 minutes after turning it off.
(except when defrosting)
3.3.5 Compressor Protection Function
When turning the compressor from OFF to ON, the upper limit of frequency must be set as follows.
(The function must not be used when defrosting.)
FCG 3
FCG 2
FCG 1
TCG1
TCG2
TCG3
3.4
88
64
48
240
360
180
Discharge Pipe Control
Outline
The discharge pipe temperature is used as the compressor's internal temperature. If the discharge
pipe temperature rises above a certain level, the operating frequency upper limit is set to keep this
temperature from going up further.
Detail
Divide the Zone
Management within the Zones
Zone
Stop zone
Drooping zone
Keep zone
Return / Reset zone
44
Control contents
When the temperature reaches the stop zone, stop the compressor and
correct abnormality.
Start the timer, and the frequency will be drooping.
Keep the upper limit of frequency.
Cancel the upper limit of frequency.
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
3.5
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
Input Current Control
Outline
Detect an input current by the CT during the compressor is running, and set the frequency upper
limit from such input current.
In case of heat pump model, this control is the upper limit control function of the frequency which
takes priority of the lower limit of four way valve activating compensation.
Detail
The frequency control will be made within the following zones.
When a “stop current” continues for 2.5 seconds after rushing on the stop zone, the compressor
operation stops.
If a “drooping current” is continues for 1.0 second after rushing on the drooping zone, the frequency
will be 2 Hz drooping.
Repeating the above drooping continues until the current rushes on the drooping zone without
change.
In the keep zone, the frequency limit will remain.
In the return / reset zone, the frequency limit will be cancelled.
Limitation of current drooping and stop value according to the outdoor air temperature
1. In case the operation mode is cooling
The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level (model
by model).
2. In case the operation mode is heating
The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level (model
by model).
3.6
Freeze-up Protection Control
Outline
During cooling operation, the signals being sent from the indoor unit allow the operating frequency
limitation and then prevent freezing of the indoor heat exchanger. (The signal from the indoor unit
must be divided into the zones as the followings.)
Detail
Conditions for Start Controlling
Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 sec from operation
start.
Control in Each Zone
Function and Control
45
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
3.7
SiUS09-651
Heating Peak-cut Control
Outline
Heat Pump Only
During heating operation, the signals being sent from the indoor unit allow the operating frequency
limitation and prevent abnormal high pressure. (The signal from the indoor unit must be divided as
follows.)
Detail
Conditions for Start Controlling
Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 sec. from operation
start.
Control in Each Zone
The heat exchange intermediate temperature of indoor unit controls the following.
3.8
Fan Control
Outline
Fan control is carried out according to the following priority.
1. Fan control when defrosting
2. Fan OFF delay when stopped
3. ON/OFF control when cooling operation
4. Tap control when drooping function is working
5. Fan control when forced operation
6. Fan control in low noise mode
7. Fan control during heating operation
8. Fan control in the quiet mode
9. Fan control in the powerful mode
10. Fan control for pressure difference upkeep
Detail
Fan OFF Control when Stopped
Fan OFF delay for 60 seconds must be made when the compressor is stopped.
3.9
Liquid Compression Protection Function 2
Outline
In order to obtain the dependability of the compressor, the compressor must be stopped according
to the conditions of the temperature of the outdoor air and outdoor heat exchanger.
Detail
Operation stop depending on the outdoor air temperature
Compressor operation turns OFF under the conditions that the system is in cooling operation and
outdoor air temperature is below 14°F.
46
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
3.10 Defrost Control
Outline
Heat Pump Only
Defrosting is carried out by the cooling cycle (reverse cycle). The defrosting time or outdoor heat
exchanger temperature must be more than its fixed value when finishing.
Detail
Conditions for Starting Defrost
The starting conditions must be made with the outdoor air temperature and heat exchanger
temperature. Under the conditions that the system is in heating operation, 6 minutes after the
compressor is started and more than 44 minutes of accumulated time pass since the start of the
operation or ending the defrosting.
Conditions for Canceling Defrost
The judgment must be made with heat exchanger temperature. (39°F~72°F)
Frequency
PI control
0Hz
60sec.
50sec.
Compressor
600sec.
50sec.
ON
OFF
Four way valve
ON
OFF
5sec.
Fan
5sec.
ON
OFF
Electronic expansion
valve opening
450pps
350pps
450pps
Initial opening
(R4014)
Function and Control
47
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
SiUS09-651
3.11 Electronic Expansion Valve Control
Detail
The followings are the examples of control which function in each mode by the electronic expansion
valve control.
Control for abnormally high discharge
pipe temperature
The following items are included in the electronic expansion valve control.
Electronic expansion valve is fully closed
1. Electronic expansion valve is fully closed when turning on the power.
2. Pressure equalizing control
Open Control
1. Electronic expansion valve control when starting operation
2. Control when frequency changed
3. Control for defrosting (only for heat pump model)
4. Control when a discharge pipe temperature is abnormally high
5. Control when the discharge pipe thermistor is disconnected
Feedback Control
1. Discharge pipe temperature control
Control when frequency changed
Outline
Fully closed when power is turned ON
×
×
Open control when starting
×
Operation pattern
: function
× : not function
When power is turned ON
Cooling operation
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
Stop
Heating operation
(only for heat
pump model)
Pressure equalizing control
×
Open control when starting
×
×
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
×
×
Pressure equalizing control
×
×
Open control when starting
×
Continue
×
×
Pressure equalizing control
×
×
(Defrost control FD=1)
(only for heat pump model)
Stop
Heating operation
(only for heat
pump model)
Control of discharge pipe
thermistor disconnection
Stop
(R2833)
48
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
3.11.1 Fully Closing with Power ON
Initialize the electronic expansion valve when turning on the power, set the opening position and
develop pressure equalizing.
3.11.2 Pressure Equalization Control
When the compressor is stopped, open and close the electronic expansion valve and develop
pressure equalization.
3.11.3 Opening Limit
Outline
Limit a maximum and minimum opening of the electronic expansion valve.
Detail
A maximum electronic expansion valve opening : 450 pulses
A minimum electronic expansion valve opening : 52 pulses
The electronic expansion valve is fully closed in the room where cooling is stopped and is opened
with fixed opening during defrosting.
3.11.4 Starting Operation Control
Control the electronic expansion valve opening when the system is starting, and prevent the
system to be super heated or moistened.
3.11.5 High Temperature of the Discharge Pipe
When the compressor is operating, if the discharge pipe temperature exceeds a certain value, open
the electronic expansion valve and remove the refrigerant to the low pressure side and lower
discharge temperature.
3.11.6 Disconnection of the Discharge Pipe Thermistor
Outline
Detect a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor by comparing the discharge pipe temperature with
the condensation temperature. If any is disconnected, open the electronic expansion valve
according to the outdoor air temperature and the operating frequency and operate for a specified
time, and then stop.
After 3 minutes of waiting, restart the unit and check if any is disconnected. If any is disconnected
stop the system after operating for a specified time. If the disconnection is detected 4 times in
succession, then the system will be down.
Detail
Detect Disconnection
If the timer for open control (cooling : 12min., heating : 15min.) becomes over, and the 9-minute
timer for the compressor operation continuation is not counting time, the following adjustment must
be made.
1. When the operation mode is cooling
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the outdoor heat exchanger temperature,
the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
2. When the operation mode is heating
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the max temperature of indoor unit heat
exchanger, the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
Adjustment when the thermistor is disconnected
When compressor stop repeats specified time, the system should be down.
Function and Control
49
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
SiUS09-651
3.11.7 Control when frequency is changed
When the target discharge pipe temperature control is active, if the target frequency is changed for
a specified value in a certain time period, cancel the target discharge pipe temperature control and
change the target opening of the electronic expansion valve according to the shift.
3.11.8 Target Discharge Pipe Temperature Control
Obtain the target discharge pipe temperature from the indoor and outdoor heat exchanger
temperature, and adjust the electronic expansion valve opening so that the actual discharge pipe
temperature become close to that temperature. (Indirect SH control using the discharge pipe
temperature)
Determine a correction value of the electronic expansion valve compensation and drive it according
to the deflection of the target discharge temperature and actual discharge temperature, and the
discharge temperature variation by the 20 sec.
50
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
3.12 Malfunctions
3.12.1 Sensor Malfunction Detection
Sensor malfunction may occur in the thermistor.
Relating to Thermistor Malfunction
1. Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
2. Discharge pipe thermistor
3. Fin thermistor
4. Outdoor air thermistor
3.12.2 Detection of Overload and Over Current
Outline
Detail
In order to protect the inverter, detect an excessive output current, and for protecting compressor,
monitor the OL operation.
If the OL (compressor head) temperature exceeds 248°F (depending on the model), the
compressor gets interrupted.
If the inverter current exceeds 22 A, the compressor gets interrupted too.
3.12.3 Insufficient Gas Control
Outline
There are three ways of control to detect insufficient gas.
I Detecting by power consumption
If the power consumption is below the specified value and the frequency is higher than the
specified frequency, it is regarded as insufficient gas.
The power consumption is weak comparing with that in the normal operation when gas is
insufficient, and gas insufficiency is detected by checking a power consumption.
Power consumption
Insufficient gas zone
55 Hz
Frequency
(R2834)
II Detecting by discharge pipe temperature
If the discharge temperature is higher than the target discharge pipe temperature, and the
electronic expansion valve is fully open (450 pulses) more than the specified time, it is regarded as
insufficient gas.
Gas insufficient
zone
(R1391)
III Detecting by the difference of temperature
If the difference between inhale and exhale temperature is smaller than the specified value, it is
regarded as insufficient gas.
Function and Control
51
Control Specification (09/12 Class)
Detail
SiUS09-651
I Judgment by power consumption
When an output frequency is exceeds 55 Hz and the input current is less than specified value, the
adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
II Judgment by discharge pipe temperature
When discharge pipe temperature is Δ36°F higher than target value and the electronic expansion
value opening is 450 pulses (max.), the adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
III Judgment by the difference of temperature
When the difference of the temperature is smaller than
, it is regarded as insufficient gas.
Cooling
Heating
room temperature – indoor heat exchanger temperature
outdoor heat exchanger temperature – outdoor temperature
indoor heat exchanger temperature – room temperature
outdoor temperature – outdoor heat exchanger temperature
Δ7.2°F
Δ7.2°F
Δ7.2°F
Δ5.4°F
3.13 Forced Operation Mode
Outline
Forced operating mode includes only forced cooling.
Detail
Forced Cooling
Item
Forced operation
allowing conditions
Starting/adjustment
1) Command
frequency
2) Electronic
expansion valve
opening
3) Outdoor unit
adjustment
4) Indoor unit
adjustment
End
Others
Forced Cooling
1) The outdoor unit is not abnormal
and not in the 3-minute stand-by
mode.
2) The operating mode of the outdoor
unit is the stop mode.
3) The forced operation is ON.
The forced operation is allowed when
the above “and” conditions are met.
If the forced operation switch is
pressed as the above conditions are
met.
68 Hz
It depends on the capacity of the
indoor unit.
Compressor is in operation
The command of forced operation is
transmitted to the indoor unit.
1) When the forced operation switch is
pressed again.
2) The operation is to end
automatically after 15 min.
The protect functions are prior to all
others in the forced operation.
3.14 Additional Function
3.14.1 Powerful Operation Mode
Compressor operating frequency is increased to PI Max. (Max. Hz of operating room) and outdoor
unit airflow rate is increased.
3.14.2 Voltage Detection Function
Power supply voltage is detected each time equipment operation starts.
52
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4. Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.1
Mode Hierarchy
Outline
There are two modes; the mode selected in user’s place (normal air conditioning mode) and forced
operation mode for installation and providing service.
Detail
For heat pump model
There are following modes; stop, cooling (includes drying), heating (include defrosting)
Air conditioner control mode
Forced operating mode
Forced cooling (for Pump Down Operation)
Normal operating mode
Cooling
Heating
Defrosting
Stop mode (except for cooling/heating modes by indoor command)
Preheat operation
During C (capacitor) is discharging
Stop
(R2829)
Note:
Function and Control
Unless specified otherwise, an indoor dry operation command must be regarded as cooling
operation.
53
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.2
Outline
SiUS09-651
Frequency Control
Frequency will be determined according to the difference between room and set temperature.
The function is explained as follows.
1. How to determine frequency.
2. Frequency command from an indoor unit. (The difference between a room temperature and the
temperature set by the remote controller.)
3. Frequency command from an indoor unit.
4. Frequency initial setting.
5. PI control.
Frequency changes by PI control < repeats when frequency becomes lower
Command frequency X repeats when frequency becomes lower
Drooping function
Input current control, etc.
Upper limit frequency
FMAX
Command frequency
Limit frequency
Initial frequency
PI control
Defrost control (*)
Lower limit frequency
FMIN
Upper limit function
Compressor protection function
Skip control
Target frequency
Lower limit function
Four-way valve operating compensation, etc. (*)
*; only for heat pump model
(R2831)
Detail
How to Determine Frequency
The compressor’s frequency will finally be determined by taking the following steps.
For Heat Pump Model
1. Determine command frequency
Command frequency will be determined in the following order of priority.
1.1 Limiting frequency by drooping function
Input current, discharge pipes, low Hz high pressure limit, peak cutting, freeze prevention, dew
prevention, fin thermistor temperature.
1.2 Limiting defrost control time
1.3 Forced cooling
1.4 Indoor frequency command
2. Determine upper limit frequency
Set a minimum value as an upper limit frequency among the frequency upper limits of the
following functions:
Compressor protection, input current, discharge pipes, Low Hz high pressure, peak cutting,
freeze prevention, defrost.
3. Determine lower limit frequency
Set a maximum value as an lower limit frequency among the frequency lower limits of the
following functions:
Four way valve operating compensation, draft prevention, pressure difference upkeep.
4. Determine prohibited frequency
There is a certain prohibited frequency such as a power supply frequency.
54
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
Indoor Frequency Command (ΔD signal)
The difference between a room temperature and the temperature set by the remote controller will
be taken as the “ΔD signal” and is used for frequency command.
Temperature
difference
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
ΔD
signal
∗Th
OFF
1
2
3
Temperature
difference
2.0
ΔD
signal
4
Temperature
difference
4.0
ΔD
signal
8
Temperature
difference
6.0
ΔD
signal
C
2.5
3.0
3.5
5
6
7
4.5
5.0
5.5
9
A
B
6.5
7.0
7.5
D
E
F
∗Th OFF = Thermostat OFF
Frequency Initial Setting
<Outline>
When starting the compressor, or when conditions are varied due to the change of the room, the
frequency must be initialized according to the total of a maximum ΔD value of the indoor unit and
the Q value of the indoor unit.
Q value: Indoor unit output determined from indoor unit volume, air flow rate and other factors.
PI Control (Determine Frequency Up/Down by ΔD Signal)
1. P control
Calculate ΔD value in each sampling time (20 seconds), and adjust the frequency according to
its difference from the frequency previously calculated.
2. I control
If the operating frequency is not change more than a certain fixed time, adjust the frequency up
and down according to the ΔD value, obtaining the fixed ΔD value.
When the ΔD value is small...lower the frequency.
When the ΔD value is large...increase the frequency.
3. Limit of frequency variation width
When the difference between input current and input current drooping value is less than 1.5 A,
the frequency increase width must be limited.
4. Frequency management when other controls are functioning
When frequency is drooping;
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency droops.
For limiting lower limit
Frequency management is carried out only when the frequency rises.
5. Upper and lower limit of frequency by PI control
The frequency upper and lower limits are set depending on indoor unit.
When low noise commands come from the indoor unit or when outdoor unit low noise or quiet
commands come from indoor unit, the upper limit frequency must be lowered than the usual
setting.
Function and Control
55
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.3
SiUS09-651
Controls at Mode Changing / Start-up
4.3.1 Preheating Operation
Outline
Operate the inverter in the open phase operation with the conditions including the preheating
command from the indoor, the outdoor air temperature and discharge pipe temperature.
Detail
Preheating ON Condition
When outdoor air temperature and discharge pipe temperature are below 51ºF, inverter in open
phase operation starts.
OFF Condition
When outdoor air temperature or discharge pipe temperature is higher than 54ºF, inverter in
open phase operation stops.
4.3.2 Four Way Valve Switching
Outline of heating
operation
Heat Pump Only
During the heating operation current must be conducted and during cooling and defrosting current
must not be conducted. In order to eliminate the switching sound (as the four way valve coil
switches from ON to OFF) when the heating is stopped, the delay switch of the four way valve must
be carried out after the operation stopped.
Detail
The OFF delay of four way valve
Energize the coil for 150 sec after unit operation is stopped.
4.3.3 Four Way Valve Operation Compensation
Outline
Heat Pump Only
At the beginning of the operation as the four way valve is switched, acquire the differential pressure
required for activating the four way valve by having output the operating frequency, which is more
than a certain fixed frequency, for a certain fixed time.
Detail
Starting Conditions
1. When starting compressor for heating.
2. When the operating mode changes from the previous time.
3. When starting compressor for starting defrosting or resetting.
4. When starting compressor for the first time after the reset with the power is ON.
Set the lower limit frequency to 55 (model by model) Hz for 70 seconds with any conditions 1
through 4 above.
4.3.4 3 Minutes Stand-by
Prohibit to turn ON the compressor for 3 minutes after turning it off.
(except when defrosting)
56
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.3.5 Compressor Protection Function
When turning the compressor from OFF to ON, the upper limit of frequency must be set as follows.
(The function must not be used when defrosting.)
FCG 3
FCG 2
FCG 1
4.4
85
70
55
Discharge Pipe Temperature Control
Outline
The discharge pipe temperature is used as the compressor's internal temperature. If the discharge
pipe temperature rises above a certain level, the operating frequency upper limit is set to keep this
temperature from going up further.
Detail
Divide the Zone
A˚F
B˚F
A
B
C
D
C˚F
Keep zone
D˚F
230
217.4
215.6
213.8
(R5470)
Management within the Zones
Zone
Stop zone
Drooping zone
Keep zone
Return / Reset zone
Function and Control
Control contents
When the temperature reaches the stop zone, stop the compressor and
correct abnormality.
Start the timer, and the frequency will be drooping.
Keep the upper limit of frequency.
Cancel the upper limit of frequency.
57
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.5
SiUS09-651
Input Current Control
Outline
Detect an input current by the CT during the compressor is running, and set the frequency upper
limit from such input current.
In case of heat pump model, this control is the upper limit control function of the frequency which
takes priority of the lower limit of four way valve activating compensation.
Detail
The frequency control will be made within the following zones.
When a “stop current” continues for 2.5 seconds after rushing on the stop zone, the compressor
operation stops.
If a “drooping current” is continues for 1.0 second after rushing on the drooping zone, the frequency
will be 2 Hz drooping.
Repeating the above drooping continues until the current rushes on the drooping zone without
change.
In the keep zone, the frequency limit will remain.
In the return / reset zone, the frequency limit will be cancelled.
Limitation of current drooping and stop value according to the outdoor air temperature
1. In case the operation mode is cooling
The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level (model
by model).
2. In case the operation mode is heating
The current droops when outdoor air temperature becomes higher than a certain level (model
by model).
58
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
4.6
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
Freeze-up Protection Control
Outline
During cooling operation, the signals being sent from the indoor unit allow the operating frequency
limitation and then prevent freezing of the indoor heat exchanger. (The signal from the indoor unit
must be divided into the zones as the followings.
Detail
Conditions for Start Controlling
Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 sec from operation
start.
Control in Each Zone
4.7
Heating Peak-cut Control
Outline
Heat Pump Only
During heating operation, the signals being sent from the indoor unit allow the operating frequency
limitation and prevent abnormal high pressure. (The signal from the indoor unit must be divided as
follows.)
Detail
Conditions for Start Controlling
Judge the controlling start with the indoor heat exchanger temperature after 2 min from operation
start.
Control in Each Zone
The heat exchange intermediate temperature of indoor unit controls the following.
Function and Control
59
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.8
SiUS09-651
Fan Control
Outline
Fan control is carried out according to the following priority.
1. Fan ON control for electric component cooling fan
2. Fan control when defrosting
3. Fan OFF delay when stopped
4. ON/OFF control in cooling operation
5. Tap control when drooping function is working
6. Fan control in forced operation
7. Fan control in indoor/outdoor unit silent operation
8. Fan control in powerful mode
9. Fan control in normal operation
Detail
Fan OFF Control when Stopped
Fan OFF delay for 60 seconds must be made when the compressor is stopped.
Tap Control in indoor/outdoor unit silent operation
1. When Cooling Operation
When the outdoor air temperature is lower than 99°F, the fan tap must be set to L.
2. When Heating Operation
When the outdoor air temperature is higher than 39°F, the fan tap must be turned to L (only for
heat pump model).
4.9
Liquid Compression Protection Function 2
Outline
In order to obtain the dependability of the compressor, the compressor must be stopped according
to the conditions of the temperature of the outdoor air and outdoor heat exchanger.
Detail
Heat Pump Model
Operation stop depending on the outdoor air temperature
Compressor operation turns OFF under the conditions that the system is in cooling operation and
outdoor air temperature is below 14°F.
60
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.10 Low Hz High Pressure Limit
Outline
Heat Pump Only
Set the upper limit of high pressure in a low Hz zone. Set the upper limit of the indoor heat
exchanger temperature by its operating frequency of Hz. Separate into three zones, reset zone,
unchanged zone and drooping zone and the frequency control must be carried out in such zones.
Detail
Separate into Zones
Note:
Drooping: The system stops 2 minutes after staying in the drooping zone.
4.11 Defrost Control
Outline
Heat Pump Only
Defrosting is carried out by the cooling cycle (reverse cycle). The defrosting time or outdoor heat
exchanger temperature must be more than its fixed value when finishing.
Detail
Conditions for Starting Defrost
The starting conditions must be made with the outdoor air temperature and heat exchanger
temperature. Under the conditions that the system is in heating operation, 6 minutes after the
compressor is started and more than 44 minutes of accumulated time pass since the start of the
operation or ending the defrosting.
Conditions for Canceling Defrost
The judgment must be made with heat exchanger temperature. (39°F~54°F)
Frequency
PI control
0Hz
120sec.
60sec.
Compressor
460 sec.
45sec.
ON
OFF
Four way valve
ON
OFF
5sec.
Fan
5sec.
ON
OFF
Electronic expansion
valve opening
450pps
450pps
450pps
Initial opening
(R4082)
Function and Control
61
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
SiUS09-651
4.12 Electronic Expansion Valve Control
Detail
The followings are the examples of control which function in each mode by the electronic expansion
valve control.
Control for abnormally high discharge
pipe temperature
The following items are included in the electronic expansion valve control.
Electronic expansion valve is fully closed
1. Electronic expansion valve is fully closed when turning on the power.
2. Pressure equalizing control
Open Control
1. Electronic expansion valve control when starting operation
2. Control when frequency changed
3. Control for defrosting (only for heat pump model)
4. Control when a discharge pipe temperature is abnormally high
5. Control when the discharge pipe thermistor is disconnected
Feedback Control
1. Discharge pipe temperature control
Control when frequency changed
Outline
Fully closed when power is turned ON
×
×
Open control when starting
×
Operation pattern
: function
× : not function
When power is turned ON
Cooling operation
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
Stop
Heating operation
(only for heat
pump model)
Pressure equalizing control
×
Open control when starting
×
×
(Control of target discharge pipe temperature)
×
×
Pressure equalizing control
×
×
Open control when starting
×
Continue
×
×
Pressure equalizing control
×
×
(Defrost control FD=1)
(only for heat pump model)
Stop
Heating operation
(only for heat
pump model)
Control of discharge pipe
thermistor disconnection
Stop
(R2833)
62
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.12.1 Fully Closing with Power ON
Initialize the electronic expansion valve when turning on the power, set the opening position and
develop pressure equalizing.
4.12.2 Pressure Equalization Control
When the compressor is stopped, open and close the electronic expansion valve and develop
pressure equalization.
4.12.3 Opening Limit
Outline
Limit a maximum and minimum opening of the electronic expansion valve.
Detail
A maximum electronic expansion valve opening : 450 pulses
A minimum electronic expansion valve opening : 54 pulses
The electronic expansion valve is fully closed in the room where cooling is stopped and is opened
with fixed opening during defrosting.
4.12.4 Starting Operation Control
Control the electronic expansion valve opening when the system is starting, and prevent the
system to be super heated or moistened.
4.12.5 High Temperature of the Discharge Pipe
When the compressor is operating, if the discharge pipe temperature exceeds a certain value, open
the electronic expansion valve and remove the refrigerant to the low pressure side and lower
discharge temperature.
4.12.6 Disconnection of the Discharge Pipe Thermistor
Outline
Detect a disconnected discharge pipe thermistor by comparing the discharge pipe temperature with
the condensation temperature. If any is disconnected, open the electronic expansion valve
according to the outdoor air temperature and the operating frequency, and operate for a specified
time, and then stop.
After 3 minutes of waiting, restart the unit and check if any is disconnected. If any is disconnected
stop the system after operating for a specified time. If the disconnection is detected 4 times in
succession, then the system will be down.
Detail
Detect Disconnection
If a 630-second timer for open control becomes over, and a 9-minute timer for the compressor
operation continuation is not counting time, the following adjustment must be made.
1. When the operation mode is cooling
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the outdoor heat exchanger temperature,
the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
2. When the operation mode is heating
When the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the max temperature of operating room heat
exchanger, the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection must be ascertained.
Adjustment when the thermistor is disconnected
When compressor stop repeats specified time, the system should be down.
Function and Control
63
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
SiUS09-651
4.12.7 Control when frequency is changed
When the target discharge pipe temperature control is active, if the target frequency is changed for
a specified value in a certain time period, cancel the target discharge pipe temperature control and
change the target opening of the electronic expansion valve according to the shift.
4.12.8 Target Discharge Pipe Temperature Control
Obtain the target discharge pipe temperature from the indoor and outdoor heat exchanger
temperature, and adjust the electronic expansion valve opening so that the actual discharge pipe
temperature become close to that temperature. (Indirect SH control using the discharge pipe
temperature)
Determine a correction value of the electronic expansion valve compensation and drive it according
to the deflection of the target discharge temperature and actual discharge temperature, and the
discharge temperature variation by the 20 sec.
64
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
4.13 Malfunctions
4.13.1 Sensor Malfunction Detection
Sensor malfunction may occur either in the thermistor or current transformer (CT) system.
Relating to Thermistor Malfunction
1. Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
2. Discharge pipe thermistor
3. Fin thermistor
4. Outside air thermistor
Relating to CT Malfunction
When the output frequency is more than 55 Hz and the input current is less than 1.25A, carry out
abnormal adjustment.
4.13.2 Detection of Overload and Over Current
Outline
Detail
In order to protect the inverter, detect an excessive output current, and for protecting compressor,
monitor the OL operation.
If the OL (compressor head) temperature exceeds 248~266°F (depending on the model),
the compressor gets interrupted.
If the inverter current exceeds 30 A, the compressor gets interrupted too.
4.13.3 Insufficient Gas Control
Outline
If a power consumption is below the specified value in which the frequency is higher than the
specified frequency, it must be regarded as gas insufficient.
In addition to such conventional function, if the discharge temperature is higher than the target
discharge pipe temperature, and the electronic expansion valve is fully open (450 pulses) more
than the specified time, it is considered as an insufficient gas.
Power consumption
Insufficient gas zone
55 Hz
Frequency
(R2834)
With the conventional function, a power consumption is weak comparing with that in the normal
operation when gas is insufficient, and gas insufficiency is detected by checking a power
consumption.
Gas insufficient
zone
(R1391)
When operating with insufficient gas, although the rise of discharge pipe temperature is great and
the electronic expansion valve is open, it is presumed as an insufficient gas if the discharge pipe
temperature is higher than the target discharge pipe temperature.
Detail
Function and Control
Judgment by Input Current
When an output frequency is exceeds 55 Hz and the input current is less than specified value, the
adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
Judgment by Discharge Pipe Temperature
When discharge pipe temperature is Δ36°F higher than target value and the electronic expansion
value opening is 450 plus (max.), the adjustment is made for insufficient gas.
65
Control Specification (15/18/24 Class)
SiUS09-651
4.14 Forced Operation Mode
Outline
Forced operating mode includes only forced cooling.
Detail
Forced Cooling
Item
Forced operation
allowing conditions
Starting/adjustment
1) Command
frequency
2) Electronic
expansion valve
opening
3) Outdoor unit
adjustment
4) Indoor unit
adjustment
End
Others
Forced Cooling
1) The outdoor unit is not abnormal
and not in the 3-minute stand-by
mode.
2) The operating mode of the outdoor
unit is the stop mode.
3) The forced operation is ON.
The forced operation is allowed when
the above “and” conditions are met.
If the forced operation switch is
pressed as the above conditions are
met.
66 Hz
It depends on the capacity of the
indoor unit.
Compressor is in operation
The command of forced operation is
transmitted to the indoor unit.
1) When the forced operation switch is
pressed again.
2) The operation is to end
automatically after 15 min.
The protect functions are prior to all
others in the forced operation.
4.15 Additional Function
4.15.1 Powerful Operation Mode
Compressor operating frequency is increased to PI Max. (Max. Hz of operating room) and outdoor
unit airflow rate is increased.
4.15.2 Voltage Detection Function
Power supply voltage is detected each time equipment operation starts.
66
Function and Control
SiUS09-651
Part 5
System Configuration
1. System Configuration............................................................................68
2. Instruction..............................................................................................69
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
System Configuration
Safety Precautions .................................................................................69
The Single Split Duct-Free System FTXS09/12DVJU............................71
The Single Split Duct-Free System FTXS15/18/24DVJU.......................96
The Slim Duct Built-in System FDXS09/12DVJU.................................121
67
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
1. System Configuration
After the installation and test operation of the room air conditioner have been completed, it should
be operated and handled as described below. Every user would like to know the correct method of
operation of the room air conditioner, to check if it is capable of cooling (or heating) well, and to
know a clever method of using it.
In order to meet this expectation of the users, giving sufficient explanations taking enough time can
be said to reduce about 80% of the requests for servicing. However good the installation work is
and however good the functions are, the customer may blame either the room air conditioner or its
installation work because of improper handling. The installation work and handing over of the unit
can only be considered to have been completed when its handling has been explained to the user
without using technical terms but giving full knowledge of the equipment.
68
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2. Instruction
2.1
Safety Precautions
Safety precautions
•
•
•
•
Keep this manual where the operator can easily find it.
Read this manual carefully before starting the unit.
For safety reason, the operator must read the following cautions carefully.
This manual classifies precautions into DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION. Be sure to follow all
precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation If you do not follow these instructions exactly, If you do not follow these instructions exactly,
which, if not avoided, will result in death or the unit may cause property damage,
the unit may cause minor or moderate
serious injury.
personal injury or loss of life.
property damage or personal injury.
Never do.
Be sure to follow the instructions.
Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
Never cause the air conditioner (including the
remote controller) to get wet.
Never touch the air conditioner (including the
remote controller) with a wet hand.
DANGER
• For refrigerant leakage, consult your dealer.
•
•
•
•
•
Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially
in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
Refrigerant gas may produce a toxic gas if it comes in contact with fire such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking
device. Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
Any abnormalities in the operation of the air conditioner such as smoke or fire could result in severe injury or death.
Turn off the power and contact your dealer immediately for instructions.
Do not install the unit in an area where flammable materials are present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious
injury or death.
If equipment utilizing a burner is used in the same room as the air conditioner, there is the danger of oxygen
deficiency which could lead to an asphyxiation hazard resulting in serious injury or death.
Be sure to ventilate the room sufficiently to avoid this hazard.
Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts, may cause stabs or other injuries. Tear apart and
throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not play with them. Children playing with plastic bags face
the danger of death by suffocation.
WARNING
• It is not good for health to expose your body to the air flow for a long time.
• Do not put your finger, a rod or other objects into the air outlet or inlet. As the fan is rotating at a high speed
and could, cause injury. Always keep small children away from the unit during operation.
• Do not attempt to repair, relocate, modify or reinstall the air conditioner by yourself. Incorrect work or
modifications could cause electric shocks, fire or other damage.
For repairs and reinstallation, consult your Daikin dealer for advice and information.
• If the air conditioner is not cooling (heating) properly, the refrigerant may be leaking, contact your authorized
dealer or qualified service repairman.
When making repairs which requires adding refrigerant, consult with your authorized dealer or qualified
service repairman.
• Do not attempt to install the air conditioner by yourself. Improper installation could result in water leakage, electric
shocks or fire. For installation, consult your authorized dealer or a qualified technician.
2
System Configuration
69
Instruction
SiUS09-651
CAUTION
• The air conditioner must be grounded to the earth. Improper grounding may result in electric shocks. Do not
connect the earth grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or a telephone ground line. Follow
all local and state electrical codes.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Do not use this unit for cooling precision instruments, food, plants, animals or works of art.
Never expose little children, plants or animals directly to the air flow.
Do not block air inlets nor outlets. Impaired air flow may result in poor performance or equipment problems.
Do not stand, sit, or place objects on the outdoor unit. To avoid injury, do not remove the fan guard.
Do not place anything under the indoor or outdoor unit that must be kept away from moisture, such as electrical or
electronic equipment. In certain conditions, moisture in the air may condense and drip.
Check the unit stand and fittings for damage annually.
Do not touch the air inlet and aluminum fins of outdoor unit. It may cause injury and/or damage the heat transfer surface.
This appliance is NOT intended for use by young children or impaired persons without proper supervision.
Young children should be supervised to ensure that they DO NOT play with or near the air flow of this appliance.
Do not pull at the conduit or hang anything on it. Otherwise it will cause fire or electric shock.
Do not touch the heat exchanger fins. Improper handling may result in injury.
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation. Always wait at least five minutes before turning off
the power. Otherwise, water leakage and trouble may occur.
• To avoid personal injury or equipment damage be sure to stop the operation, turn the breaker off or pull out the supply
cord before cleaning or servicing the unit. NOTE: More than one disconnect may be required to shut off all power.
• Do not connect the air conditioner to a power supply different from the one specified. It may cause improper operation or fire.
• Depending on the environment, state and local electrical codes, a ground fault circuit interrupter may be required.
Improper grounding or lack of a ground fault circuit interrupter may result in electrical shock, injuries, or death.
• Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage. Improper drainage may cause water damage to the building, or it’s furnishing.
• Depending on the usage environment, water may leak from the air conditioner. If this happens, contact your Daikin Dealer.
• Safely dispose of the packing materials. Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts, may
cause stabs or other injuries. Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not play with
them. If children play with a plastic bag which was not torn apart, they face the risk of suffocation.
• The remote controller should be installed in such away that children cannot play with it.
• Do not place objects in direct proximity of the outdoor unit and do not let leaves and other debris accumulate around the unit.
Leaves are a hotbed for small animals which can enter the unit. Once in the unit, such animals can cause malfunctions,
smoke or fire when making contact with electrical parts.
• Do not operate the air conditioner with wet hands.
• Do not wash the indoor unit with excessive water, only use a slightly wet cloth.
• Do not place things such as vessels containing water or anything else on top of the unit. Water may
penetrate into the unit and degrade electrical insulations, resulting in an electric shock.
Installation site.
To install the air conditioner in the following types of environments, consult your authorizede dealer.
• Places with an oily ambient or where steam or soot occurs.
• Salty environment such as coastal areas.
• Places where sulfide gas occurs such as hot springs.
• Places where snow may block the outdoor unit.
The drain from the outdoor unit must be discharged to a place of good drainage.
Consider nuisance to your neighbors from noises.
For installation, choose a place as described below.
• A place solid enough to bear the weight of the unit which does not amplify the operation noise or vibration.
• A place from where the air discharged from the outdoor unit or the operation noise will not annoy your neighbors.
Electrical work.
• For power supply, be sure to use a separate power circuit dedicated to the air conditioner. Follow all local and state electrical codes.
System relocation.
• Relocating the air conditioner requires specialized knowledge and skills. Please consult your authorized dealer if relocation is necessary for moving or remodeling.
3
70
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
2.2
Instruction
The Single Split Duct-Free System FTXS09/12DVJU
2.2.1 Names of Parts
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
11
10
9
7
8
12
13
14
15
16
ON
OFF
4
System Configuration
English
71
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Outdoor Unit
17
22
19
20
18
21
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter
2. Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic
deodorizing function:
• These filters are attached to the inside of the
air filters.
3. Air inlet
4. Front panel
5. Panel tab
6. Room temperature sensor:
• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
7. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:
• It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal operation
and energy saving operation. (page 18.)
8. Display
9. Air outlet
10. Flaps (horizontal blades): (page 12.)
11. Louvers (vertical blades):
• The louvers are inside of the air outlet. (page 13.)
12. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch: (page 10.)
• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
• The operation mode refers to the following table.
Temperature
Mode
Airflow rate
setting
AUTO
77°F
AUTO
• This switch is useful when the remote
controller is missing.
13. Operation lamp (green)
14. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)
15. HOME LEAVE lamp (red): (page 16.)
16. Signal receiver:
• It receives signals from the remote controller.
• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.
• Operation start .........beep-beep
• Settings changed ......beep
• Operation stop ..........beeeeep
Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side)
18. Air outlet
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
20. Drain hose
21. Earth grounding terminal:
• It is inside of this cover.
22. Outside air temperature sensor:
• It senses the ambient temperature around the
unit.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
English
72
5
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Remote Controller
1
F
2
ON
C
5
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
3
POWERFUL
TEMP
6
4
7
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
SENSOR
8
12
9
10
11
ON
CANCEL
15
16
OFF
TIMER
14
13
<ARC433A51>
1. Signal transmitter:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:
• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with
all its displays ON for the purpose of
explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button:
HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.)
4. POWERFUL button: (Maximum operation)
POWERFUL operation (page 14.)
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:
• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:
• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
6
System Configuration
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)
8. SILENT button: OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation (page 15.)
9. FAN setting button:
• It selects the airflow rate setting.
10. SWING button: (page 12.)
11. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE operation (page 18.)
12. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)
13. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)
14. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.
15. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.
16. CLOCK button: (page 9.)
English
73
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.2.2 Preparation before Operation
Preparation Before Operation
To set the batteries
Position + and
– correctly!
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
2
3. Set the front cover as before.
–
+
+
–
3
1
ATTENTION
About batteries
• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old
batteries together.
• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out. In case the remote
controller is not used for a long time remove all batteries in order to prevent liquid leak of the
battery.
• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to
fade or if reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese
batteries reduces the lifespan.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the
air conditioner.
• Pressing two or more buttons simultaneously may cause the strange display of the remote
controller.
The remote controller is not malfunction. In this case take the batteries out and reset them.
Replacing the Batteries
• When replacing the battery, remove the old battery, wait one minute, and then insert the new
battery.
7
74
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Preparation Before Operation
To operate the remote controller
• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at the indoor unit.
If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the
remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.
• The maximum distance for communication is about 23 Ft..
Receiver
To fix the remote controller holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws
supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller
holder.
Remote controller
holder
Set.
To remove, pull it upwards.
ATTENTION
About remote controller
• Do not put the remote controller in the following places.
• In direct sunlight.
• In vicinity of a heater.
• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.
• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such
as inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult your authorized dealer if that is the case.
• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult your authorized dealer.
8
System Configuration
English
75
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
F
C
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the
present time.
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or
decreases the time display.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
blinks.
Turn the breaker ON
• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then closes it again.
(This is a normal procedure.)
ON
SWING
SENSOR
2
CANCEL
1, 3
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
Tips for saving energy
• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy. Recommended temperature setting
For cooling: 78°F – 82°F
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect. For heating: 68°F – 75°F
• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy.
Clean them once every two weeks.
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Please note
• When the main power switch is turned on, some watts of electrictly are being used even when the system is not operating.
• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF to save energy.
• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
Mode Operating conditions
COOL Outdoor temperature: 14 to 115 ˚F
Indoor temperature: 64 to 90 ˚F
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
HEAT Outdoor temperature: 5 to 64 ˚F
Indoor temperature: 50 to 86 ˚F
DRY
Outdoor temperature: 14 to 115 ˚F
Indoor temperature: 64 to 90 ˚F
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
If operation is continued out of this range
• A safety device may work to stop the operation
under 0 ˚F and over 115 ˚F outdoor temperature.
• See Note 2 for 0 ˚F to 14 ˚F operation.
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation
under 0 ˚F or over 64 ˚F outdoor temperature.
See the Note 3 for 0 ˚F to 5 ˚F.
• A safety device may work to stop the
operation.
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.
<Note 1> A Breaker must be turned on for 24 hours before the operation start if the ambient is
below 14 ˚F, otherwise the unit will not start operation smoothly.
<Note 2> 1. Use low outdoor ambient cooling operation for equipment cooling applications only.
This operation is not intended for human comfort cooling.
2. Intermittent noises may be produced by the indoor unit due to the outdoor fan rotation speed change.
3. Do not place humidifiers or other items which might raise the humidity in rooms at 0 to 14 ˚F outdoor temperature. A humidifier may cause condensation to drip from the indoor unit outlet vent.
4. Set the indoor unit at the highest air flow rate.
<Note 3> When the outdoor temperature is 0 to 5 degrees F, the system may not have sufficient cooling capacity.
9
76
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.2.3 AUTO • DRY • COOL • HEAT • FAN Operation
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation
The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your
choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the
same operation mode.
F
To start operation
F
1. Press “MODE selector button” and select a
operation mode.
• Each pressing of the button advances the mode setting in
sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
: FAN
4
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
2, 3
1
SWING
SENSOR
5
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
2. Press “ON/OFF button” .
• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
ON
OFF
To stop operation
3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting
4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode
AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
The temperature setting is not variable.
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press “
lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
” to
F
C
10
System Configuration
English
77
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To change the airflow rate setting
5. Press “FAN setting button”.
DRY mode
The airflow rate setting is not variable.
AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “
“ ” “ ” are available.
” plus
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
Use this when making the indoor unit quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the airflow rate is set to a low level.
NOTE
Note on HEAT operation
• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the
heating capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is
insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air
conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room.
After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In
that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.
Note on COOL operation
• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, performance drops.
Note on DRY operation
• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual
adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation
• In AUTO operation, the system selects an appropriate operation mode (COOL or HEAT)
based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room
temperature to user-setting level.
• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.
Note on airflow rate setting
• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also less.
English
78
11
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.2.4 Adjusting the Airflow Direction
Adjusting the Airflow Direction
You can adjust the airflow direction to increase your comfort.
To adjust the horizontal blades (flaps)
1. Press “SWING button”.
F
The display will light up and the flaps will begin to swing.
ON
F
2. When the flaps have reached the desired position,
press “SWING button” once more.
The display will go blank.
The flaps will stop moving.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
ON
SWING
SENSOR
1, 2
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
12
System Configuration
English
79
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)
Hold the knob and move the louvers.
(You will find a knob on the left-side and the right-side blades.)
Notes on flaps and louvers angles
• When “ SWING button ” is selected, the
flaps swinging range depends on the
operation mode. (See the figure.)
ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the
flaps angle. If you attempt to move it forcibly
with hand when it is swinging, the
mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvers.
Inside the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a
high speed and may cause bodily injury if
fan comes in contact with fingers.
English
80
In DRY mode or COOL mode
When stop operation
Upper limit in cooling
0°
25°
Lower limit in cooling
In HEAT or FAN mode
When stop operation
5°
Upper limit in heating
30°
Lower limit in heating
13
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.2.5 POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating)
effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL operation
F
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.
• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates again with the
settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.
• When using POWERFUL operation, there are some
functions which are not available.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON
ON/OFF
TEMP
1, 2
To cancel POWERFUL operation
2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.
• “
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
SENSOR
” disappears from the LCD.
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
Notes on POWERFUL operation
• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with SILENT Operation. Priority is given to
the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop
button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “
” disappears from the LCD.
• In COOL and HEAT mode
To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and
the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 4.5˚F and the airflow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
The airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
14
System Configuration
English
81
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.2.6 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation lowers the noise level of the
outdoor unit by changing the fan speed on the outdoor unit.
This function is convenient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation
F
F
1. Press “SILENT button”.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
HOME LEAVE
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation
2. Press “SILENT button” again.
• “
” disappears from the LCD.
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
SENSOR
1, 2
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
Note on OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation
• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY modes.)
• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation cannot be used at the same time.
Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when
using OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
English
82
15
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.2.7 HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to
record your preferred temperature and airflow rate settings.
To start HOME LEAVE operation
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button” .
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
F
F
ON
OFF
To cancel HOME LEAVE operation
1, 2
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
• “
” disappears from the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.
ON
SWING
SENSOR
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.
To set the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operation
When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and airflow
rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and airflow rate.
Cooling
Heating
Initial setting
Temperature
Airflow rate
77°F
AUTO
77°F
AUTO
Selectable range
Temperature
Airflow rate
64-90°F
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
50-86°F
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote
controller display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.
3. Adjust the airflow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change the
recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
16
System Configuration
English
83
Instruction
SiUS09-651
What’s the HOME LEAVE operation?
Is there a set temperature and airflow rate which is most comfortable, a set temperature and airflow rate
which you use the most? HOME LEAVE operation is a function that allows you to record your favorite set
temperature and airflow rate. You can start your favorite operation mode simply by pressing the HOME
LEAVE button on the remote controller. This function is convenient in the following situations.
Useful in these cases
1. Use as an energy-saving mode.
Set the temperature 3-5°F higher (cooling) or lower (heating) than normal. Setting the fan speed to the lowest
setting allows the unit to be used in energy-saving mode. Also convenient for use while you are out or sleeping.
• Every day before you leave the house...
When you go out, push the “HOME
LEAVE Operation” button, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity
to reach the preset temperature for
HOME LEAVE Operation.
When you return, you will be
welcomed by a comfortably air
conditioned room.
Push the “HOME LEAVE
Operation” button again, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity
to the set temperature for normal
operation.
The unit will maintain the
temperature in the room at a
comfortable level while you sleep.
When you enter the living room in the
morning, the temperature will be just right.
Disengaging HOME LEAVE Operation will
return the temperature to that set for
normal operation. Even the coldest winters
will pose no problem!
• Before bed...
Set the unit to HOME LEAVE
Operation before leaving the living
room when going to bed.
2. Use as a favorite mode
Once you record the temperature and airflow rate settings you most often use, you can retrieve them by
pressing HOME LEAVE button. You do not have to go through troublesome remote controller operations.
NOTE
• Once the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operation are set, those settings will
be used whenever HOME LEAVE operation is used in the future. To change these settings,
please refer to the “Before using HOME LEAVE operation” section above.
• HOME LEAVE operation is only available in COOL and HEAT mode. It cannot be used in
AUTO, DRY, and FAN mode.
• HOME LEAVE operation runs in accordance with the previous operation mode (COOL or
HEAT) before using HOME LEAVE operation.
• HOME LEAVE operation and POWERFUL operation cannot be used at the same time.
Last button that was pressed has priority.
• The operation mode cannot be changed while HOME LEAVE operation is being used.
• When operation is shut off during HOME LEAVE operation, using the remote controller or the
indoor unit ON/OFF switch, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
English
84
17
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.2.8 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which detects the
human movement.
To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation
F
1. Press “SENSOR button”..
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
• “
F
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
” disappears from the LCD.
[EX.]
When somebody is in the room
SWING
SENSOR
1, 2
• Normal operation.
ON
CANCEL
OFF
When nobody is in the room
TIMER
• 20 min. after, start energy saving
operation.
When somebody is back in the room
• Back to normal operation.
18
System Configuration
English
85
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor
• You can adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE
sensor to increase the detection area.
(Adjustable angle: 15˚ to right and left of centre)
15° 15°
INTELLIGENT EYE
sensor
• Gently push and slide the sensor to adjust the angle.
• After adjusting the angle, wipe the sensor gently with a
clean cloth, being careful not to scratch the sensor.
Moving the sensor to the left
Moving the sensor to the right
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving.
Energy saving operation
• Change the temperature –3.6°F in heating / +3.6°F in cooling / +1.8°F in dry mode from set
temperature.
• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
• Application range is as follows.
Vertical angle 80°
(Side View)
Horizontal angle 100°
(Top View)
16
80°
16Ft.
50° 50°
Ft.
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 16Ft. away. (Check the application range)
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of
passersby, temperature range, etc.
• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.
• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during your use of INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
CAUTION
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.
Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can
detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction.
English
86
19
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.2.9 TIMER Operation
TIMER Operation
Timer functions are useful for automatically switching the air
conditioner on or off at night or in the morning.
You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER operation
F
F
• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time
setting reaches the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or decreases
the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either
button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
ON
OFF
ON
SWING
SENSOR
4
CANCEL
OFF
2
TIMER
1, 3
To cancel the OFF TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE
• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.
• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is lost
when remote controller batteries are replaced.)
• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the
time entered by the user.
NIGHT SET MODE
When the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (1°F
up in COOL, 3.6°F down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
20
System Configuration
English
87
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To use ON TIMER operation
• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the clock to the
present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
F
blinks.
F
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time
setting reaches the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or decreases
the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either
button changes the setting rapidly.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
ON
OFF
To cancel ON TIMER operation
ON
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
OFF
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
SWING
SENSOR
CANCEL
TIMER
1, 3
4
2
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER
• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
Display
(Example)
Present time: 11:00 p.m.
(The unit operating)
OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.
ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined
ATTENTION
In the following cases, set the timer again.
• After a breaker has turned OFF.
• After a power failure.
• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
English
88
21
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.2.10 Care and Cleaning
Care and Cleaning
CAUTION
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and
turn the breaker OFF.
Units
To avoid possible bodily injury, units should be shutoff or disconnected before any cleaning or servicing is attempted.
Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
Front panel
1. Open the front panel.
• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift
it unitl it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front panel.
• Supporting the front panel with one hand, release
the lock by sliding down the knob with the other
hand.
• To remove the front panel, pull it toward yourself
with both hands.
3. Clean the front panel.
• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.
• Only neutral detergent may be used.
• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with
cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front panel.
• Set the 3 keys of the front panel into the slots and
push them in all the way.
• Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at
the 3 points.
(1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)
• Check to see if the rotating axis in the upper center
section is moving.
Fit the key
into the slot.
CAUTION
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps
carefully.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it
from falling.
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 104°F, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile
oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
22
System Configuration
89
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Filters
1. Open the front panel. (page 22.)
2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each
air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air-purifying filter with
photocatalytic deodorizing function.
Air-purifying filter
with photocatalytic
deodorizing
function
Air filter
• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and unhook
the four claws.
4. Clean or replace each filter.
See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the air- purifying filter
with photocatalytic deodorizing function as
they were and close the front panel.
Push
• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel.
Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at
the 3 points. (1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)
Air Filter
1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with
vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral
detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the
shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic
deodorizing function (gray)
The Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function can be
renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months.
We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.
If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.
Do not remove filter from frame when washing with water.
After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.
Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter when removing
water from it.
[ Replacement ]
1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.
• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.
English
90
23
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded. Check the
units to ensure they are level and secure.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the water drains smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult your
authorized dealer.
Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a warm day to dry out the inside.
• Press “MODE selector button” and select “FAN” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.
2. After operation stops, turn off the electrical circuit breaker for the room air
conditioner.
3. Remove and clean the air filters. Reinstall filters after cleaning.
4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
NOTE
• Operation with dirty filters:
(1) cannot deodorize the air.
(2) cannot clean the air.
(3) results in poor heating or cooling.
(4) may cause odor.
• To order air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function, contact your authorized
dealer where you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old filters as required by local codes.
Item
Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function.
(with frame) 1 set
Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function.
(without frame) 1 set
24
System Configuration
Part No.
KAF918A43
KAF918A44
English
91
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.2.11 Troubleshooting
Trouble Shooting
Conditions that appear to be abnormal but are not operational problems.
The following cases are not abnormal problems and you may just continue using it.
Case
Explanation
Operation does not start quickly. • This is to protect the air conditioner.
• When ON/OFF button was pressed
You should wait for about 3 minutes.
soon after operation was stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
Hot air does not flow out soon
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to
4 minutes.
after the start of heating
operation.
(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has
reached a certain temperature.)
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.
The heating operation stops
suddenly and a flowing sound is
You should wait for about 3 to 8 minutes.
heard.
In HEAT mode
The outdoor unit emits water or
• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam when
steam.
the air conditioner is in defrost operation.
In COOL or DRY mode
• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool surface of
outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mists come out of the indoor unit.
This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the
cold airflow during cooling operation.
The indoor unit gives out odor.
This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes
are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the airflow.
(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit
washed by a technician. Consult your authorized dealer where
you bought the air conditioner.)
After operation is stopped:
The outdoor fan rotates while the
air conditioner is not in operation. • The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60 seconds for
system protection.
While the air conditioner is not in operation:
• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor fan
starts rotating for system protection.
For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on
The operation stopped suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp is on.)
a sudden large voltage fluctuation.
It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
English
92
25
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Check again.
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Case
Check
• Has a breaker been turned OFF or a fuse blown?
• Is there a power failure?
• Are fresh batteries installed in the remote controller?
• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor.
• Are the air filters clean?
• Is anything to blocking the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and
the outdoor units?
• Is the temperature setting appropriate?
• Are the windows and doors closed?
• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
• Is the unit set to the INTELLIGENT EYE mode?
(page 18.)
• Are the air filters clean?
Operation stops suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp flashes.)
• Is there anything blocking the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor
and the outdoor units?
Turn the electrical breaker off, clean the air filters or take all
obstacles away from inlet and outlet. Then turn the breaker ON
again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote
controller. If the lamp still flashes, call your authorized dealer
where you bought the air conditioner.
An abnormal functioning happens • The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio
waves. Turn the circuit breaker OFF, to reset. Then turn it ON
during operation.
again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote
controller.
The air conditioner does not
operate.
(OPERATION lamp is off.)
26
System Configuration
English
93
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Call your authorized dealer immediately.
WARNING
When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the circuit breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.
Consult your authorized dealer where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.
Work performed by untrained persons could result in electric shocks, personal injury, fire, or additional
damage to equipment.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call your authorized dealer immediately.
The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.
An abnormal sound is heard during operation.
The safety breaker, a fuse, or the ground leakage
breaker cuts off the operation frequently.
A switch or a button often fails to work properly.
There is a burning smell.
Water leaks from the indoor unit.
After a power failure
The air conditioner automatically resumes
operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait
for a while.
Turn the breaker
OFF and call
your authorized
dealer.
Lightning
If lightning may strike the neighboring area, stop
operation and turn the breaker OFF for system
protection.
Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in
accordance with the relevant local and national regulations. Contact your authorized dealer for assitance.
We recommend periodical maintenance.
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use,
resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from
regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact your authorized dealer where you bought
the air conditioner.
The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
English
94
27
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Fault diagnosis.
FAULT DIAGNOSIS BY REMOTE CONTROLLER
In the ARC433A series, the temperature display sections on the main unit indicate corresponding codes.
1. When the TIMER CANCEL button is held down for 5 seconds, a “ ” indication flashes on the temperature display section.
F
ON
F
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
POWERFUL
TEMP
MODE
SILENT
FAN
ON
SWING
SENSOR
CANCEL
TIMER CANCEL button
It cancels the timer setting.
OFF
TIMER
2. Press the TIMER CANCEL button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced.
• The code indication changes as shown below, and notifies with a long beep.
SYSTEM
INDOOR
UNIT
OUTDOOR
UNIT
CODE
00
U0
U2
U4
A1
A5
A6
C4
C9
EA
E5
E6
E7
E8
F3
F6
H6
H8
H9
J3
J6
L4
L5
P4
MEANING
NORMAL
REFRIGERANT SHORTAGE
DROP VOLTAGE OR MAIN CIRCUIT OVERVOLTAGE
FAILURE OF TRANSMISSION (BETWEEN INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT)
INDOOR PCB DEFECTIVENESS
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL OR FREEZE-UP PROTECTOR
FAN MOTOR FAULT
FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COOLING-HEATING SWITCHING ERROR
OL STARTED
FAULTY COMPRESSOR START UP
DC FAN MOTOR FAULT
OPERATION HALT DUE TO DETECTION OF INPUT OVER CURRENT
HIGH TEMPERATURE DISCHARGE PIPE CONTROL
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL (IN COOLING)
OPERATION HALT DUE TO FAULTY POSITION DETECTION SENSOR
CT ABNORMALITY
FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY DISCHARGE PIPE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
HIGH TEMPERATURE AT INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK
OUTPUT OVERCURRENT
FAULTY INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
NOTE
1. A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non-corresponding codes.
2. To cancel the code display, hold the TIMER CANCEL button down for 5 seconds. The code display also cancel itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute.
28
English
3P141693-1H
System Configuration
95
Instruction
2.3
SiUS09-651
The Single Split Duct-Free System FTXS15/18/24DVJU
2.3.1 Names of Parts
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
4
5
3
2
9
1
10
8
6
7
11
12
14
13
Main unit control panel
16
15
4
96
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Outdoor Unit
17
19
20
21
18
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter
2. Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic
deodorizing function:
• These filters are attached to the inside of the air filters.
3. Air inlet
4. Front panel
5. Panel tab
6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:
• It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal operation
and energy saving operation. (page 18.)
7. Display
8. Air outlet
9. Flaps (horizontal blades): (page 12.)
10. Louvers (vertical blades):
• The louvers are inside of the air outlet. (page 13.)
11. Operation lamp (green)
12. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)
13. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):
• Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Operation. (page 16.)
14. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
• The operation mode refers to the following table.
Temperature
Airflow rate
Mode
setting
AUTO
77°F
AUTO
• This switch is useful when the remote
controller is missing.
15. Room temperature sensor:
• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
16. Signal receiver:
• It receives signals from the remote controller.
• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.
• Operation start .........beep-beep
• Settings changed ......beep
• Operation stop ..........beeeeep
Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side)
18. Air outlet
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
20. Drain hose
21. Earth grounding terminal:
• It is inside of this cover.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
English
System Configuration
5
97
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Remote Controller
1
F
2
ON
C
5
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
3
POWERFUL
TEMP
6
4
7
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SENSOR SWING
8
13
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
9
11
12
10
16
17
15
14
<ARC433A53>
1. Signal transmitter:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:
• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with all
its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button:
HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.)
4. POWERFUL button: (Maximum operation)
POWERFUL operation (page 14.)
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:
• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:
• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)
6
98
8. SILENT button: OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation (page 15.)
9. FAN setting button:
• It selects the airflow rate setting.
10. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE operation
(page 18.)
11. SWING button: (page 12.)
• Flap (Horizontal blade)
12. SWING button: (page 12.)
• Louver (Vertical blades)
13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)
14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)
15. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.
16. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.
17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.3.2 Preparation before Operation
Preparation Before Operation
To set the batteries
Position + and
– correctly!
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
2
3. Set the front cover as before.
–
+
+
–
3
1
ATTENTION
About batteries
• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old
batteries together.
• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out. In case the remote
controller is not used for a long time remove all batteries in order to prevent liquid leak of the
battery.
• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to
fade or if reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese
batteries reduces the lifespan.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the
air conditioner.
• Pressing two or more buttons simultaneously may cause the strange display of the remote
controller.
The remote controller is not malfunction. In this case take the batteries out and reset them.
Replacing the Batteries
• When replacing the battery, remove the old battery, wait one minute, and then insert the new
battery.
English
System Configuration
7
99
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Preparation Before Operation
To operate the remote controller
• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at the indoor unit.
If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the
remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.
• The maximum distance for communication is about 23 Ft..
Receiver
To fix the remote controller holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws
supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller
holder.
Remote controller
holder
Set.
To remove, pull it upwards.
ATTENTION
About remote controller
• Do not put the remote controller in the following places.
• In direct sunlight.
• In vicinity of a heater.
• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.
• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such
as inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult your authorized dealer if that is the case.
• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult your authorized dealer.
8
100
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
F
F
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to
set the clock to the present time.
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button
rapidly increases or decreases the time
display.
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON/OFF
TEMP
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
blinks.
Turn the breaker ON
• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.)
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SENSOR SWING
2
ON
CANCEL
1, 3
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
Tips for saving energy
• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy. Recommended temperature setting
For cooling: 78°F – 82°F
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect. For heating: 68°F – 75°F
• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy.
Clean them once every two weeks.
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Please note
• When the main power switch is turned on, some watts of electrictly are being used even when the system is not operating.
• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF to save energy.
• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
Mode Operating conditions
COOL Outdoor temperature: 14 to 115 ˚F
Indoor temperature: 64 to 90 ˚F
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
HEAT Outdoor temperature: 5 to 64 ˚F
Indoor temperature: 50 to 86 ˚F
DRY
Outdoor temperature: 14 to 115 ˚F
Indoor temperature: 64 to 90 ˚F
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
If operation is continued out of this range
• A safety device may work to stop the operation
under 0 ˚F and over 115 ˚F outdoor temperature.
• See Note 2 for 0 ˚F to 14 ˚F operation.
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation
under 0 ˚F or over 64 ˚F outdoor temperature.
See the Note 3 for 0 ˚F to 5 ˚F.
• A safety device may work to stop the
operation.
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.
<Note 1> A Breaker must be turned on for 24 hours before the operation start if the ambient is
below 14 ˚F, otherwise the unit will not start operation smoothly.
<Note 2> 1. Use low outdoor ambient cooling operation for equipment cooling applications only.
This operation is not intended for human comfort cooling.
2. Intermittent noises may be produced by the indoor unit due to the outdoor fan rotation speed change.
3. Do not place humidifiers or other items which might raise the humidity in rooms at 0 to 14 ˚F outdoor temperature. A humidifier may cause condensation to drip from the indoor unit outlet vent.
4. Set the indoor unit at the highest air flow rate.
<Note 3> When the outdoor temperature is 0 to 5 degrees F, the system may not have sufficient cooling capacity.
English
System Configuration
9
101
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.3.3 AUTO • DRY • COOL • HEAT • FAN Operation
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation
The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your
choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the
same operation mode.
F
To start operation
F
1. Press “MODE selector button” and select a
operation mode.
• Each pressing of the button advances the mode setting in
sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
: FAN
4
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
MODE
SILENT
ON/OFF
TEMP
2, 3
1
FAN
SENSOR SWING
5
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
2. Press “ON/OFF button” .
• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
To stop operation
3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting
4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode
AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
The temperature setting is not variable.
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press “
lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
” to
F
C
10
102
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
To change the airflow rate setting
5. Press “FAN setting button”.
DRY mode
The airflow rate setting is not variable.
AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “
“ ” “ ” are available.
” plus
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
Use this when making the indoor unit quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the airflow rate is set to a low level.
NOTE
Note on HEAT operation
• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the
heating capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is
insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air
conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room.
After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In
that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.
Note on COOL operation
• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, performance drops.
Note on DRY operation
• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual
adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation
• In AUTO operation, the system selects an appropriate operation mode (COOL or HEAT)
based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room
temperature to user-setting level.
• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.
Note on airflow rate setting
• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also less.
English
System Configuration
11
103
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.3.4 Adjusting the Airflow Direction
Adjusting the Airflow Direction
You can adjust the airflow direction to increase your comfort.
To adjust the horizontal blade (flap)
1. Press “SWING button
• “
”.
F
” is displayed on the LCD.
ON
F
2. When the flap has reached the desired position,
press “SWING button
” once more.
• The flap will stop moving.
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
MODE
SILENT
ON/OFF
TEMP
1, 2
FAN
SENSOR SWING
3, 4
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)
3. Press “SWING button
• “
”.
” is displayed on the LCD.
4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the “SWING button
once more.
”
• The louvers will stop moving.
12
104
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
To 3-D Airflow
Press the “SWING button
the “
” and “
(page 12.)
” and the “SWING button
”:
” display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn.
To cancel 3-D Airflow
Press either the “SWING button
” or the “SWING button
”. (page 12.)
Notes on louvers angles
ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is
rotating at a high speed and may cause bodily injury if fan comes in contact with fingers.
Notes on flaps angles
• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging
range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
In COOL or DRY mode
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow
• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,
which tends to collected at the bottom of the room,
and hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling,
throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot
developing.
ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps
angle. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand
when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air
outlet, fan is rotating at a high speed and may cause
bodily injury if fan comes in contact with fingers.
English
System Configuration
STOP
COOL
approx. 10°~40°
DRY
approx. 5°~35°
In HEAT or FAN mode
STOP
HEAT
approx. 15°~55°
FAN
approx. 5°~55°
13
105
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.3.5 POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating)
effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL operation
F
ON
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.
• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates again with the
settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.
• When using POWERFUL operation, there are some
functions which are not available.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON/OFF
TEMP
1, 2
To cancel POWERFUL operation
2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.
• “
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SENSOR SWING
” disappears from the LCD.
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
Notes on POWERFUL operation
• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with SILENT Operation. Priority is given to
the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop
button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “
” disappears from the LCD.
• In COOL and HEAT mode
To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and
the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 4.5˚F and the airflow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
The airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
14
106
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.3.6 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation lowers the noise level of the
outdoor unit by changing the fan speed on the outdoor unit.
This function is convenient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation
F
F
1. Press “SILENT button”.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
HOME LEAVE
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation
2. Press “SILENT button” again.
• “
” disappears from the LCD.
POWERFUL
MODE
SILENT
ON/OFF
TEMP
FAN
SENSOR SWING
1, 2
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
Note on OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation
• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY modes.)
• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation cannot be used at the same time.
Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when
using OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
English
System Configuration
15
107
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.3.7 HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to
record your preferred temperature and airflow rate settings.
To start HOME LEAVE operation
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button” .
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
F
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
F
1, 2
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON/OFF
TEMP
To cancel HOME LEAVE operation
MODE
SILENT
2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.
• “
FAN
SENSOR SWING
” disappears from the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.
To set the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operation
When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and airflow
rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and airflow rate.
Cooling
Heating
Initial setting
Temperature
Airflow rate
77°F
AUTO
77°F
AUTO
Selectable range
Temperature
Airflow rate
64-90°F
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
50-86°F
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote
controller display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.
3. Adjust the airflow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change the
recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
16
108
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
What’s the HOME LEAVE operation?
Is there a set temperature and airflow rate which is most comfortable, a set temperature and airflow rate
which you use the most? HOME LEAVE operation is a function that allows you to record your favorite set
temperature and airflow rate. You can start your favorite operation mode simply by pressing the HOME
LEAVE button on the remote controller. This function is convenient in the following situations.
Useful in these cases
1. Use as an energy-saving mode.
Set the temperature 3-5°F higher (cooling) or lower (heating) than normal. Setting the fan speed to the lowest
setting allows the unit to be used in energy-saving mode. Also convenient for use while you are out or sleeping.
• Every day before you leave the house...
When you go out, push the “HOME
LEAVE Operation” button, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity
to reach the preset temperature for
HOME LEAVE Operation.
When you return, you will be
welcomed by a comfortably air
conditioned room.
Push the “HOME LEAVE
Operation” button again, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity
to the set temperature for normal
operation.
The unit will maintain the
temperature in the room at a
comfortable level while you sleep.
When you enter the living room in the
morning, the temperature will be just right.
Disengaging HOME LEAVE Operation will
return the temperature to that set for
normal operation. Even the coldest winters
will pose no problem!
• Before bed...
Set the unit to HOME LEAVE
Operation before leaving the living
room when going to bed.
2. Use as a favorite mode
Once you record the temperature and airflow rate settings you most often use, you can retrieve them by
pressing HOME LEAVE button. You do not have to go through troublesome remote controller operations.
NOTE
• Once the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operation are set, those settings will
be used whenever HOME LEAVE operation is used in the future. To change these settings,
please refer to the “Before using HOME LEAVE operation” section above.
• HOME LEAVE operation is only available in COOL and HEAT mode. It cannot be used in
AUTO, DRY, and FAN mode.
• HOME LEAVE operation runs in accordance with the previous operation mode (COOL or
HEAT) before using HOME LEAVE operation.
• HOME LEAVE operation and POWERFUL operation cannot be used at the same time.
Last button that was pressed has priority.
• The operation mode cannot be changed while HOME LEAVE operation is being used.
• When operation is shut off during HOME LEAVE operation, using the remote controller or the
indoor unit ON/OFF switch, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
English
System Configuration
17
109
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.3.8 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which detects the
human movement.
To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation
F
1. Press “SENSOR button”.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
• “
F
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON/OFF
TEMP
” disappears from the LCD.
[EX.]
When somebody is in the room
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SWING
SENSOR SWING
1, 2
• Normal operation.
ON
CANCEL
OFF
When nobody is in the room
TIMER
• 20 min. after, start energy saving
operation.
When somebody is back in the room
• Back to normal operation.
18
110
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving
Energy saving operation
• Change the temperature –3.6°F in heating / +3.6°F in cooling / +1.8°F in dry mode from set
temperature.
• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
• Application range is as follows.
Vertical angle 90°
(Side View)
Horizontal angle 110°
(Top View)
90°
23Ft.
55° 55°
Ft.
23
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 23Ft. away. (Check the application range)
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of
passersby, temperature range, etc.
• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.
• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during your use of INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
CAUTION
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.
Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can
detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction.
English
System Configuration
19
111
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.3.9 TIMER Operation
TIMER Operation
Timer functions are useful for automatically switching the air
conditioner on or off at night or in the morning.
You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER operation
F
F
• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
ON/OFF
TEMP
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time
setting reaches the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or decreases
the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either
button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SENSOR SWING
ON
4
CANCEL
OFF
2
TIMER
1, 3
To cancel the OFF TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE
• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.
• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is lost
when remote controller batteries are replaced.)
• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the
time entered by the user.
NIGHT SET MODE
When the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (1°F
up in COOL, 3.6°F down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
20
112
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
To use ON TIMER operation
• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the clock to the
present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
F
blinks.
F
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time
setting reaches the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or decreases
the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either
button changes the setting rapidly.
HOME LEAVE
ON/OFF
TEMP
POWERFUL
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
MODE
SILENT
FAN
SENSOR SWING
ON
CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
1, 3
4
2
To cancel ON TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER
• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
Display
(Example)
Present time: 11:00 p.m.
(The unit operating)
OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.
ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined
ATTENTION
In the following cases, set the timer again.
• After a breaker has turned OFF.
• After a power failure.
• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
English
System Configuration
21
113
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.3.10 Care and Cleaning
Care and Cleaning
CAUTION
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and
turn the breaker OFF.
Units
To avoid possible bodily injury, units should be shutoff or disconnected before any cleaning or servicing is attempted.
Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
Front panel
1. Open the front panel.
• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and
lift it until it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front panel.
• Open the front panel further while sliding it to
either the left or right and pulling it toward you.
This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one
side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the
other side in the same manner.
3. Clean the front panel.
• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.
• Only neutral detergent may be used.
• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front panel.
• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel with
the slots, then push them all the way in.
• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides and the
center.)
CAUTION
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps
carefully.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it
from falling.
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 104°F, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile
oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
22
114
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Filters
1. Open the front panel. (page 22.)
2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of
each air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air-purifying filter with photocatalytic
deodorizing function.
• Press the top of the air-cleaning filter onto the tabs (3 at top).
Then press the bottom of the filter up slightly, and press it onto the
tabs (3 at bottom).
tabs (3 at top)
tabs (3 at bottom)
4. Clean or replace each filter.
See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the air-purifying filter with
photocatalytic deodorizing function as they were and close
the front panel.
• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.
Air Filter
1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent thinned
with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function (gray)
The Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function can be renewed by washing it with water
once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.
If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.
After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.
Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter when removing
water from it.
[ Replacement ]
1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.
• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.
English
System Configuration
23
115
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded. Check the
units to ensure they are level and secure.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the water drains smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult your
authorized dealer.
Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a warm day to dry out the inside.
• Press “MODE selector button” and select “FAN” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.
2. After operation stops, turn off the electrical circuit breaker for the room air
conditioner.
3. Remove and clean the air filters. Reinstall filters after cleaning.
4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
NOTE
• Operation with dirty filters:
(1) cannot deodorize the air.
(2) cannot clean the air.
(3) results in poor heating or cooling.
(4) may cause odor.
• To order air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function, contact your authorized
dealer where you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old filters as required by local codes.
Item
Air-purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function.
(without frame) 1 set
24
116
Part No.
KAF952A42
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.3.11 Troubleshooting
Trouble Shooting
Conditions that appear to be abnormal but are not operational problems.
The following cases are not abnormal problems and you may just continue using it.
Case
Explanation
Operation does not start quickly. • This is to protect the air conditioner.
• When ON/OFF button was pressed
You should wait for about 3 minutes.
soon after operation was stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to
Hot air does not flow out soon
4 minutes.
after the start of heating
operation.
(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has
reached a certain temperature.)
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.
The heating operation stops
suddenly and a flowing sound is
You should wait for about 3 to 8 minutes.
heard.
In HEAT mode
The outdoor unit emits water or
• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam when
steam.
the air conditioner is in defrost operation.
In COOL or DRY mode
• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool surface of
outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mists come out of the indoor unit.
This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the
cold airflow during cooling operation.
The indoor unit gives out odor.
This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes
are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the airflow.
(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit
washed by a technician. Consult your authorized dealer where
you bought the air conditioner.)
After operation is stopped:
The outdoor fan rotates while the
air conditioner is not in operation. • The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60 seconds for
system protection.
While the air conditioner is not in operation:
• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor fan
starts rotating for system protection.
For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on
The operation stopped suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp is on.)
a sudden large voltage fluctuation.
It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
English
System Configuration
25
117
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Check again.
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Case
Check
• Has a breaker been turned OFF or a fuse blown?
• Is there a power failure?
• Are fresh batteries installed in the remote controller?
• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor.
• Are the air filters clean?
• Is anything blocking the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and
the outdoor units?
• Is the temperature setting appropriate?
• Are the windows and doors closed?
• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
• Are the air filters clean?
Operation stops suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp flashes.)
• Is there anything blocking the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor
and the outdoor units?
Turn the electrical breaker off, clean the air filters or remove
obstacles away from inlet and outlet. Then turn the breaker ON
again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote
controller. If the lamp still blinks, call your authorized dealer
where you bought the air conditioner.
An abnormal functioning happens • The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio
waves. Turn the circuit breaker OFF, to reset unit. Then turn it ON
during operation.
again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote
controller.
The air conditioner does not
operate.
(OPERATION lamp is off.)
26
118
English
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Call your authorized dealer immediately.
WARNING
When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the circuit breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.
Consult your authorized dealer where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.
Work performed by untrained persons could result in electric shocks, personal injury, fire, or additional
damage to equipment.
Consult your authorized dealer where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call your authorized dealer immediately.
The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.
An abnormal sound is heard during operation.
The safety breaker, a fuse, or the ground leakage
breaker cuts off the operation frequently.
A switch or a button often fails to work properly.
There is a burning smell.
Water leaks from the indoor unit.
After a power failure
The air conditioner automatically resumes
operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait
for a while.
Turn the breaker
OFF and call
your authorized
dealer.
Lightning
If lightning may strike the neighboring area, stop
operation and turn the breaker OFF for system
protection.
Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in
accordance with the relevant local and national regulations. Contact your authorized dealer for assitance.
We recommend periodical maintenance.
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use,
resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from
regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact your authorized dealer where you bought
the air conditioner.
The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
English
System Configuration
27
119
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Fault diagnosis.
FAULT DIAGNOSIS BY REMOTE CONTROLLER
In the ARC433A series, the temperature display sections on the main unit indicate corresponding codes.
1. When the TIMER CANCEL button is held down for 5 seconds, a “ ” indication flashes on the
temperature display section.
F
ON
F
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
MODE
SILENT
ON/OFF
TEMP
FAN
SENSOR SWING
ON
CANCEL
TIMER CANCEL button
It cancels the timer setting.
OFF
TIMER
2. Press the TIMER CANCEL button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced.
• The code indication changes as shown below, and notifies with a long beep.
SYSTEM
INDOOR
UNIT
OUTDOOR
UNIT
CODE
00
U0
U2
U4
A1
A5
A6
C4
C9
EA
E5
E6
E7
E8
F3
H6
H8
H9
J3
J6
L4
L5
P4
MEANING
NORMAL
REFRIGERANT SHORTAGE
DROP VOLTAGE OR MAIN CIRCUIT OVERVOLTAGE
FAILURE OF TRANSMISSION (BETWEEN INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT)
INDOOR PCB DEFECTIVENESS
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL OR FREEZE-UP PROTECTOR
FAN MOTOR FAULT
FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COOLING-HEATING SWITCHING ERROR
OL STARTED
FAULTY COMPRESSOR START UP
DC FAN MOTOR FAULT
OPERATION HALT DUE TO DETECTION OF INPUT OVER CURRENT
HIGH TEMPERATURE DISCHARGE PIPE CONTROL
OPERATION HALT DUE TO FAULTY POSITION DETECTION SENSOR
CT ABNORMALITY
FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY DISCHARGE PIPE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
HIGH TEMPERATURE AT INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK
OUTPUT OVERCURRENT
FAULTY INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
NOTE
1. A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non-corresponding codes.
2. To cancel the code display, hold the TIMER CANCEL button down for 5 seconds. The code display also cancel itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute.
28
English
3P141693-2H
120
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
2.4
Instruction
The Slim Duct Built-in System FDXS09/12DVJU
2.4.1 Names of Parts
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
1
5
2
4
3
6
8
7
9
10
4
System Configuration
121
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit
1. Air outlet
2. Air outlet grille: (Field supply)
• Appearance of the Air outlet grille and Air inlet
grille may differ with some models.
3. Receiver
4. Suction grille: (Option)
• Appearance of the suction grille and Air inlet
grille may differ with some models.
5. Air inlet
6. Room temperature sensor:
• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
7. Operation lamp (green)
8. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 16.)
9. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):
• Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
operation. (page 14.)
10. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
• This switch is useful when the remote
controller is missing.
• The operation mode refers to the following table.
Temperature
Mode
Air flow rate
setting
AUTO
77°F
AUTO
Outdoor Unit
11. Air inlet: (Back and side)
12. Air outlet
13. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
14. Drain hose
15. Earth grounding terminal:
• It is inside of this cover.
16. Outside air temperature sensor:
• It senses the ambient temperature around the
unit.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
5
122
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Remote Controller
1
2
5
3
6
4
7
9
8
10
13
15
14
12
11
〈 ARC433A63 〉
1. Signal transmitter:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:
• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with
all its displays ON for the purpose of
explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button:
HOME LEAVE operation (page 14.)
4. POWERFUL button:
POWERFUL operation (page 12.)
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:
• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:
• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)
8. SILENT button: OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation (page 13.)
9. FAN setting button:
• It selects the air flow rate setting.
10. ON TIMER button: (page 17.)
11. OFF TIMER button: (page 16.)
12. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.
13. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.
14. CLOCK button: (page 9.)
15. RESET button:
• Restart the unit if it freezes.
• Use a thin object to push.
6
System Configuration
123
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.4.2 Preparation before Operation
Preparation Before Operation
To set the batteries
Position + and
– correctly!
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
2
3. Set the front cover as before.
3
1
ATTENTION
About batteries
• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old
batteries together.
• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.
• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to
fade or if reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries.
Do not use manganese batteries.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the
air conditioner.
7
124
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Preparation Before Operation
To operate the remote controller
• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at the indoor unit.
If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote
controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.
• The maximum distance for communication is about 13ft.
Receiver
To fix the remote controller holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws
supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller
holder.
ATTENTION
About remote controller
• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.
• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity.
Wipe off dust with soft cloth.
• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such
as inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.
• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult the shop.
8
System Configuration
125
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the
present time.
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or
decreases the time display.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
blinks.
Turn the breaker ON
• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then closes it again.
(This is a normal procedure.)
2
1, 3
NOTE
Tips for saving energy
• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy. Recommended temperature setting
For cooling: 78°F – 82°F
For heating: 68°F – 75°F
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling
(heating) effect.
• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy. Clean them once every two weeks.
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Please note
• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.
• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn
the breaker OFF.
• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
Mode Operating conditions
COOL Outdoor temperature: 14 to 115°F
Indoor temperature: 64 to 90°F
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
HEAT Outdoor temperature: 5 to 64°F
Indoor temperature: 50 to 86°F
DRY Outdoor temperature: 14 to 115°F
Indoor temperature: 64 to 90°F
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
If operation is continued out of this range
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.
9
126
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.4.3 AUTO • DRY • COOL • HEAT • FAN Operation
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation
The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your
choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the
same operation mode.
To start operation
1. Press “MODE selector button” and select a
operation mode.
• Each pressing of the button advances the mode setting in
sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
: FAN
4
2, 3
1
5
2. Press “ON/OFF button”.
• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
To stop operation
3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting
4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode
AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
The temperature setting is not variable.
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press “
lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
” to
10
System Configuration
127
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To change the air flow rate setting
5. Press “FAN setting button”.
DRY mode
The air flow rate setting is not variable.
AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “
“ ” “ ” are available.
” plus
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
Use this when making the indoor unit quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the fan strength is set to a weak level.
NOTE
Note on HEAT operation
• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the
heating capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is
insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air
conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room.
After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In
that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.
Note on COOL operation
• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, performance drops.
Note on DRY operation
• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual
adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation
• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation
mode (COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room
temperature to user-setting level.
• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.
Note on air flow rate setting
• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
11
128
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.4.4 POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating)
effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL operation
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.
• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates again with the
settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.
• When using POWERFUL operation, there are some
functions which are not available.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel POWERFUL operation
2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.
• “
” disappears from the LCD.
NOTE
Notes on POWERFUL operation
• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with SILENT Operation. Priority is given to
the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop
button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “
” disappears from the LCD.
• In COOL and HEAT mode
To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and
the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 4.5°F and the air flow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
The air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
12
System Configuration
129
Instruction
SiUS09-651
2.4.5 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation
OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation lowers the noise level of the
outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the
outdoor unit. This function is convenient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation
1. Press “SILENT button”.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT
operation
2. Press “SILENT button” again.
• “
” disappears from the LCD.
1, 2
NOTE
Note on OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation
• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY modes.)
• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation cannot be used at the same time.
Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when
using OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
13
130
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.4.6 HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE Operation
HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to
record your preferred temperature and air flow rate settings.
To start HOME LEAVE operation
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”.
• “
” is displayed on the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
To cancel HOME LEAVE operation
2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.
• “
” disappears from the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.
To set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation
When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and air flow
rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and air flow rate.
Cooling
Heating
Initial setting
Temperature
Air flow rate
77°F
AUTO
77°F
AUTO
Selectable range
Temperature
Air flow rate
64-90°F
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
50-86°F
5 step, AUTO and SILENT
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote
controller display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.
3. Adjust the air flow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change the
recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
14
System Configuration
131
Instruction
SiUS09-651
What’s the HOME LEAVE operation?
Is there a set temperature and air flow rate which is most comfortable, a set temperature and air flow rate
which you use the most? HOME LEAVE operation is a function that allows you to record your favorite set
temperature and air flow rate. You can start your favorite operation mode simply by pressing the HOME
LEAVE button on the remote controller. This function is convenient in the following situations.
Useful in these cases
1. Use as an energy-saving mode.
Set the temperature 4-5°F higher (cooling) or lower (heating) than normal. Setting the fan strength to the lowest
setting allows the unit to be used in energy-saving mode. Also convenient for use while you are out or sleeping.
• Every day before you leave the house...
When you go out, push the “HOME
LEAVE Operation” button, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity
to reach the preset temperature for
HOME LEAVE Operation.
When you return, you will be
welcomed by a comfortably air
conditioned room.
Push the “HOME LEAVE
Operation” button again, and the
air conditioner will adjust capacity
to the set temperature for normal
operation.
The unit will maintain the
temperature in the room at a
comfortable level while you sleep.
When you enter the living room in the
morning, the temperature will be just right.
Disengaging HOME LEAVE Operation will
return the temperature to that set for
normal operation. Even the coldest winters
will pose no problem!
• Before bed...
Set the unit to HOME LEAVE
Operation before leaving the living
room when going to bed.
2. Use as a favorite mode.
Once you record the temperature and air flow rate settings you most often use, you can retrieve them by
pressing HOME LEAVE button. You do not have to go through troublesome remote controller operations.
NOTE
• Once the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation are set, those settings
will be used whenever HOME LEAVE operation is used in the future. To change these
settings, please refer to the “Before using HOME LEAVE operation” section above.
• HOME LEAVE operation is only available in COOL and HEAT mode. Cannot be used in
AUTO, DRY, and FAN mode.
• HOME LEAVE operation runs in accordance with the previous operation mode (COOL or
HEAT) before using HOME LEAVE operation.
• HOME LEAVE operation and POWERFUL operation cannot be used at the same time.
Last button that was pressed has priority.
• The operation mode cannot be changed while HOME LEAVE operation is being used.
• When operation is shut off during HOME LEAVE operation, using the remote controller or the
indoor unit ON/OFF switch, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
15
132
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.4.7 TIMER Operation
TIMER Operation
Timer functions are useful for automatically switching the air
conditioner on or off at night or in the morning.
You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER operation
• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time
setting reaches the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or decreases
the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either
button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.
1, 3
2
4
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel the OFF TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE
• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.
• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled
when remote controller batteries are replaced.)
• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the
time entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
NIGHT SET MODE
When the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (1°F
up in COOL, 4°F down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
16
System Configuration
133
Instruction
SiUS09-651
To use ON TIMER operation
• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the clock to the
present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time
setting reaches the point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or decreases
the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either
button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
1, 3
2
4
To cancel ON TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER
• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
ATTENTION
In the following cases, set the timer again.
• After a breaker has turned OFF.
• After a power failure.
• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
17
134
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.4.8 Care and Cleaning
Care and Cleaning
CAUTION
• Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance.
• Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker
OFF.
Cleaning the air filter
1. Removing the air filter.
• Rear suction
Pull the bottom side of the air filter backwards, over the 2 bends.
• Bottom suction
Pull the filter over the 2 bends situated at the backside of the unit.
2. Cleaning the air filter.
Remove dust from the air filter using a vacuum cleaner and gently
rinse them in cool water. Do not use detergent or hot water to avoid
filter shrinking or deformation. After cleaning dry them in the shade.
3. Replacing the air filter.
• Rear suction
Hook the filter behind the flap situated at the top of the unit and push
the other side gently over the 2 bends.
• Bottom suction
Hook the filter behind the flap situated at the middle of the unit and push the other side gently over
the 2 bends.
Main unit
Force
Filter
Force
In case of back side
Attach the filter to the main
unit while pushing down on
the 2 bends.
In case of bottom side
18
System Configuration
135
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Cleaning the drain pan
• Clean the drain pan periodically, or drain piping may be clogged with dust and may result in water leakage.
Ask your DAIKIN dealer to clean them.
• Prepare a cover locally to prevent any dust in the air around the indoor unit from getting in the drain
pan, if there is a great deal of dust present.
CAUTION
• Do not operate the air conditioner without filters, this to avoid dust accumulation inside the unit.
• Do not remove the air filter except when cleaning.
Unnecessary handling may damage the filter.
• Do not use gasoline, benzene, thinner, polishing powder, liquid insecticide. It may cause
discoloring or warping.
• Do not let the indoor unit get wet. It may cause an electric shock or a fire.
• Operation with dusty air filters lowers the cooling and heating capacity and wastes energy.
• The suction grille is option.
• Do not use water or air of 122°F or higher for cleaning air filters and outside panels.
• Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean it.
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the
service shop if this is the case.
Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.
• Press “MODE selector button” and select “FAN” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.
2. Clean the air filters and set them again.
3. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
4. Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner.
19
136
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
2.4.9 Troubleshooting
Trouble Shooting
These cases are not troubles.
The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.
Case
Operation does not start soon.
• When ON/OFF button was
pressed soon after operation was
stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
Hot air does not flow out soon
after the start of heating
operation.
The heating operation stops
suddenly and a flowing sound is
heard.
The outdoor unit emits water or
steam.
Mist comes out of the indoor unit.
The indoor unit gives out odour.
The outdoor fan rotates while the
air conditioner is not in operation.
The operation stopped suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp is on.)
Explanation
• This is to protect the air conditioner.
You should wait for about 3 minutes.
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4
minutes.
(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has
reached a certain temperature.)
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.
• You should wait for about 3 to 8 minutes.
In HEAT mode
• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam when
the air conditioner is in defrost operation.
In COOL or DRY mode
• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool surface of
outdoor unit piping and drips.
This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the
cold air flow during cooling operation.
This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes
are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the air flow.
(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit
washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you
bought the air conditioner.)
After operation is stopped:
• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 30 seconds for
system protection.
While the air conditioner is not in operation:
• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor fan
starts rotating for system protection.
For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on
a sudden large voltage fluctuation.
It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
20
System Configuration
137
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Check again.
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Case
The air conditioner does not
operate.
(OPERATION lamp is off.)
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor.
Operation stops suddenly.
(OPERATION lamp blinks.)
An abnormal functioning
happens during operation.
Check
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?
Isn’t it a power failure?
Are batteries set in the remote controller?
Is the timer setting correct?
Are the air filters clean?
Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor
and the outdoor units?
Is the temperature setting appropriate?
Are the windows and doors closed?
Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
Are the air filters clean?
Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor
and the outdoor units?
Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the
breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air
conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still blinks, call
the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio
waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try operating
the air conditioner with the remote controller.
21
138
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Instruction
Call the service shop immediately.
WARNING
When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.
Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.
An abnormal sound is heard during operation.
The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker
cuts off the operation frequently.
A switch or a button often fails to work properly.
There is a burning smell.
Water leaks from the indoor unit.
After a power failure
The air conditioner automatically resumes
operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait
for a while.
Turn the breaker
OFF and call the
service shop.
Lightning
If lightning may strike the neighbouring area, stop
operation and turn the breaker OFF for system
protection.
Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in
accordance with the relevant local and national regulations. Contact your authorized dealer for assitance.
We recommend periodical maintenance.
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use,
resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from
regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air
conditioner.
The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
22
System Configuration
139
Instruction
SiUS09-651
Fault diagnosis.
FAULT DIAGNOSIS BY REMOTE CONTROLLER
In the ARC433A series, the temperature display sections on the main unit indicate corresponding codes.
1. When the TIMER CANCEL button is held down for 5 seconds, a “ ” indication flashes on the temperature display section.
TIMER CANCEL button
It cancels the timer setting.
2. Press the TIMER CANCEL button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced.
• The code indication changes in the sequence shown below, and notifies with along beep.
SYSTEM
INDOOR
UNIT
OUTDOOR
UNIT
CODE
00
U0
U2
U4
A1
A5
A6
C4
C9
EA
E5
E6
E7
E8
F3
F6
H6
H8
H9
J3
J6
L4
L5
P4
MEANING
NORMAL
REFRIGERANT SHORTAGE
DROP VOLTAGE OR MAIN CIRCUIT OVERVOLTAGE
FAILURE OF TRANSMISSION (BETWEEN INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT)
INDOOR PCB DEFECTIVENESS
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL OR FREEZE-UP PROTECTOR
FAN MOTOR FAULT
FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COOLING-HEATING SWITCHING ERROR
OL STARTED
FAULTY COMPRESSOR START UP
DC FAN MOTOR FAULT
OPERATION HALT DUE TO DETECTION OF INPUT OVER CURRENT
HIGH TEMPERATURE DISCHARGE PIPE CONTROL
HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL (IN COOLING)
OPERATION HALT DUE TO FAULTY POSITION DETECTION SENSOR
CT ABNORMALITY
FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY DISCHARGE PIPE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
HIGH TEMPERATURE AT INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK
OUTPUT OVERCURRENT
FAULTY INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
NOTE
1. A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non-corresponding codes.
2. To cancel the code display, hold the TIMER CANCEL button down for 5 seconds. The code
display also cancel itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute.
23
3P131999-4H
140
System Configuration
SiUS09-651
Part 6
Service Diagnosis
1.
2.
3.
4.
Caution for Diagnosis..........................................................................142
Problem Symptoms and Measures .....................................................144
Service Check Function ......................................................................145
Troubleshooting ..................................................................................148
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.23
Error Codes and Description ................................................................148
Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................149
Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control.......................150
Fan Motor or Related Abnormality .......................................................152
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)..................................155
Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor Unit) ...........156
OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................157
Compressor Lock .................................................................................158
DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................160
Input Over Current Detection ...............................................................161
Four Way Valve Abnormality................................................................164
Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................168
High Pressure Control in Cooling .........................................................170
Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................174
DC Voltage / Current Sensor Abnormality............................................176
CT or Related Abnormality ...................................................................177
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)...............................179
Electrical Box Temperature Rise..........................................................181
Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ..........................................................183
Output Over Current Detection.............................................................185
Insufficient Gas.....................................................................................189
Over-voltage Detection.........................................................................193
Low-voltage Detection..........................................................................194
5. Check ..................................................................................................195
5.1 How to Check .......................................................................................195
Service Diagnosis
141
Caution for Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
1. Caution for Diagnosis
The operation lamp flashes when any of the following errors is detected.
1. When a protection device of the indoor or outdoor unit is activated or when the thermistor
malfunctions, disabling equipment operation.
2. When a signal transmission error occurs between the indoor and outdoor units.
In either case, conduct the diagnostic procedure described in the following pages.
Location of
Operation Lamp
The Single Split Duct-Free System 09/12 Class
Indicator lamps
TIMER lamp (yellow)
ON/OFF button
ON
OFF
Operation lamp (green)
HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
(R2950)
The Single Split Duct-Free System 15/18/24 Class
Air outlet
Indicator lamps
Operation lamp (green)
TIMER lamp (yellow)
HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
ON/OFF switch
(R2837)
142
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Caution for Diagnosis
The Slim Duct Built-in System 09/12 Class
Display, Control panel
Room temperature sensor
Operation lamp
(green)
TIMER lamp (yellow)
HOME LEAVE lamp (red)
ON/OFF switch
(R4134)
Troubleshooting
with LED
Indication
The outdoor unit has one green LED (LED A) on the PCB. The flashing green LED indicates normal
condition of microcomputer operation.
15/18/24 Class
Service Diagnosis
143
Problem Symptoms and Measures
SiUS09-651
2. Problem Symptoms and Measures
Symptom
Check Item
None of the units operates. Check the power supply.
Check the type of the indoor units.
Check the outdoor air temperature.
Diagnosis with remote controller
indication
Check the remote controller
addresses.
Operation sometimes
stops.
Check the power supply.
Check the outdoor air temperature.
Equipment operates but
does not cool, or does not
heat (only for heat pump
model).
Large operating noise and
vibrations
144
Details of Measure
Check to make sure that the rated voltage is
supplied.
Check to make sure that the indoor unit type is
compatible with the outdoor unit.
Heating operation cannot be used when the
outdoor air temperature is 64.4°F or higher
(only for heat pump model), and cooling
operation cannot be used when the outdoor air
temperature is below 14°F.
—
Check to make sure that address settings for
the remote controller and indoor unit are
correct.
A power failure of 2 to 10 cycles can stop air
conditioner operation. (Operation lamp OFF)
Heating operation cannot be used when the
outdoor air temperature is 64.4°F or higher
(only for heat pump model), and cooling
operation cannot be used when the outdoor air
temperature is below 14°F.
—
Diagnosis with remote controller
indication
Check for wiring and piping errors in Conduct the wiring/piping error check described
the indoor and outdoor units
on the product diagnosis nameplate.
connection wires and pipes.
Check for thermistor detection errors. Check to make sure that the main unit’s
thermistor has not dismounted from the pipe
holder.
Check for faulty operation of the
Set the units to cooling operation, and compare
electronic expansion valve.
the temperatures of the liquid side connection
pipes of the connection section among rooms to
check the opening and closing operation of the
electronic expansion valves of the individual
units.
Diagnosis with remote controller
—
indication
Diagnosis by service port pressure
Check for insufficient gas.
and operating current
Check the output voltage of the
—
power transistor.
Check the power transistor.
—
Check the installation condition.
Check to make sure that the required spaces
for installation (specified in the Engineering
Data book Guide, etc.) are provided.
Reference
Page
—
—
—
148
—
—
—
148
—
—
—
148
201
202
—
—
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Service Check Function
3. Service Check Function
In the ARC433A series remote controller, the temperature display sections on the main unit
indicate corresponding codes.
Check Method 1
1. When the timer cancel button is held down for 5 seconds, a “00” indication flashes on the
temperature display section.
F
ON
C
HOME LEAVE
POWERFUL
MODE
SILENT
ON/OFF
TEMP
FAN
SENSOR SWING
ON
CANCEL
TIMER CANCEL button
It cancels the timer setting.
OFF
TIMER
<ARC433A53>
(R4156)
2. Press the timer cancel button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced.
The code indication changes in the sequence shown below, and notifies with a long beep.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Note:
Service Diagnosis
Code
00
U4
F3
E6
L5
A6
E5
F6
C9
U0
E7
No.
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Code
C7
H8
J3
A3
A1
C4
C5
H9
J6
UA
A5
No.
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Code
H0
E1
P4
L3
L4
H6
H7
U2
UH
EA
AH
1. A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non-corresponding codes.
2. To cancel the code display, hold the timer cancel button down for 5 seconds. The code display
also cancels itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute.
145
Service Check Function
SiUS09-651
Check Method 2
1. Enter the diagnosis mode.
Press the 3 buttons (TEMP ,TEMP , MODE) simultaneously.
(R4272)
The digit of the number of tens blinks.
Try again from the start when the digit does not blink.
(R4273)
2. Press the TEMP button.
Press TEMP or TEMP
and change the digit until you hear the sound of “beep” or “pi pi”.
(R4274)
3. Diagnose by the sound.
“pi” : The number of tens does not accord with the error code.
“pi pi” : The number of tens accords with the error code.
“beep” : The both numbers of tens and units accord with the error code. (→See 7.)
4. Enter the diagnosis mode again.
Press the MODE button.
(R4275)
146
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Service Check Function
The digit of the number of units blinks.
(R4276)
5. Press the TEMP button.
Press TEMP or TEMP
and change the digit until you hear the sound of “beep”.
(R4277)
6. Diagnose by the sound.
“pi” : The both numbers of tens and units do not accord with the error code.
“pi pi” : The number of tens accords with the error code.
“beep” : The both numbers of tens and units accord with the error code.
7. Determine the error code.
The digits indicated when you hear the “beep” sound are error code.
(Error codes and description → Refer to page 148.)
8. Exit from the diagnosis mode.
Press the MODE button.
(R4278)
Service Diagnosis
147
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4. Troubleshooting
4.1
Error Codes and Description
Reference Page
09/12
15/18/24
Class
Class
Code
Indication Description
System
00
U0
U2
Indoor
Unit
Outdoor
Unit
Normal
—
—
Insufficient gas
189
191
Over-voltage detection
193
—
Low-voltage detection
—
194
U4
A1
Signal transmission error (between indoor and outdoor unit)
156
156
Indoor unit PCB abnormality
149
149
A5
Freeze-up protection control or high pressure
control
150
150
A6
Fan motor or related abnormality
C4
C9
E5
E6
E7
E8
EA
F3
F6
H6
H8
AC Motor
152
—
DC Motor
—
153
Heat exchanger temperature thermistor
abnormality
155
155
Room temperature thermistor abnormality
155
155
OL activation (compressor overload)
157
157
Compressor lock
158
159
DC fan lock
160
160
Input over current detection
161
162
Four way valve abnormality
164
166
Discharge pipe temperature control
168
169
High pressure control in cooling
170
172
Position sensor abnormality
174
175
DC voltage/current sensor abnormality
176
—
—
177
CT or related abnormality
H9
J3
Outdoor air thermistor or related abnormality
179
179
Discharge pipe temperature thermistor or related abnormality
179
179
J6
Heat exchanger temperature thermistor or related
abnormality
179
179
L3
L4
L5
P4
Electrical box temperature rise
181
181
Radiation fin temperature rise
183
183
Output over current detection
185
187
Heat radiation fin thermistor or related abnormality
179
179
: Displayed only when system-down occurs.
148
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
4.2
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A1
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Evaluation of zero-cross detection of power supply by indoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When there is no zero-cross detection in approximately 10 continuous seconds.
Supposed
Causes
Faulty indoor unit PCB
Faulty connector connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector connection check
(note).
Is it normal?
NO
Correct connections.
YES
Replace PCBs.
(R1400)
Note:
Connector Nos. vary depending on models.
Model Type
Wall Mounted Type
Service Diagnosis
Connector No.
Terminal strip~Control PCB
149
Troubleshooting
4.3
SiUS09-651
Freeze-up Protection Control or High Pressure Control
Remote
Controller
Display
A5
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
High pressure control (heat pump model only)
During heating operations, the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor is
used for the high pressure control (stop, outdoor fan stop, etc.)
Freeze-up protection control (operation halt) is activated during cooling operation according to
the temperature detected by the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
High pressure control
During heating operations, the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor is
above 149°F
Freeze-up protection
When the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature is below 32°F during cooling operation.
Supposed
Causes
Operation halt due to clogged air filter of the indoor unit.
Operation halt due to dust accumulation on the indoor unit heat exchanger.
Operation halt due to short-circuit.
Detection error due to faulty indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor.
Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB.
150
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the air passage.
Is there any
short-circuit?
YES
Provide sufficient air passage.
NO
Check the intake air filter.
Is it very dirty?
YES
Clean the air filter.
NO
Check the dust accumulation on
the indoor unit heat exchanger.
Is it very dirty?
YES
Clean the heat exchanger.
NO
Check No. 06
Indoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor check
Does it conform to
the thermistor characteristic
chart?
NO
YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Replace the thermistor
(replace the indoor unit PCB).
(R4695)
Service Diagnosis
151
Troubleshooting
4.4
SiUS09-651
Fan Motor or Related Abnormality
4.4.1 AC Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine
abnormal fan motor operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the detected rotation speed does not reach the demanded rotation speed of the target tap,
and is less than 50% of the maximum fan motor rotation speed.
Supposed
Causes
Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires.
Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor.
Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.16
Refer to P.204
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Operate the fan.
Does it rotate?
YES
Check No. 16
Check Hall IC
NO
Rotate the fan by hand.
Is there an output?
Does it rotate smoothly?
NO
YES
YES
Is it at the rated voltage?
YES
NO
Replace the fan motor or indoor unit
PCB.
Replace the fan motor
∗2 Measure the voltage between the
red and black lead wires of the fan
motor, and check if the maximum
voltage reaches the rated voltage.
Check the fan motor voltage.
Check the fan motor voltage.
(immediately after re-start)
Is it at the rated voltage?
NO
NO
Replace indoor unit PCB (1).
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the indoor unit PCB (1)
YES
Check the capacitor's conductivity
Is there conductivity?
YES
Replace the capacitor.
(Replace PCB (1).)
NO
Replace the fan motor.
(R4096)
152
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.4.2 DC Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine
abnormal fan motor operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the detected rotation speed does not reach the demanded rotation speed of the target tap,
and is less than 50% of the maximum fan motor rotation speed.
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires.
Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor.
Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB.
153
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.01
Refer to P.195
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off power supply
and rotate fan by hand.
Does fan rotate
smoothly?
NO
Replace fan motor.
YES
Turn power ON and
operate fan.
Does it rotate?
Turn off power supply
NO and disconnect fan motor
connector, then turn
power ON.
YES
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
Is motor
power voltage
DC 200V
generated?
NO
Replace indoor
unit PCB.
YES
Is motor
control power voltage
DC 15V
generated?
NO
Replace indoor
unit PCB.
YES
Turn off power supply and
disconnect fan motor
connector, then turn
power ON again.
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
Is rotation
number command
voltage DC 1~6V
generated?
YES
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
Replace fan motor.
Note : Motor may
break when
the motor
connector is
disconnected
while
remaining
power supply.
Is rotation
NO
number command pulse
generated?
Replace fan motor
and indoor PCB.
NO
Stop fan motor.
Check No.01
Check output of fan
motor connector
YES
Is rotation
number command pulse
generated?
YES
NO
Replace indoor
unit PCB.
Replace fan motor.
Replace indoor
unit PCB.
(R3098)
154
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
4.5
Troubleshooting
Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Indoor Unit)
Remote
Controller
Display
C4, C9
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The temperatures detected by the thermistors are used to determine thermistor errors.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the thermistor input is more than 4.96 V or less than 0.04 V during compressor operation∗.
∗ (reference)
When above about 414°F (less than 120 Ω) or below about –58°F (more than 1,860 kΩ).
Note:
Supposed
Causes
The values vary slightly in some models.
Faulty connector connection
Faulty thermistor
Faulty PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the connector connection.
Is it normal?
NO
Correct the connection.
YES
Check No. 06
Thermistor resistance check
Is it normal?
NO
YES
Replace the thermistor.
(Replace the indoor unit PCB.)
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
(R4696)
C4 : Heat exchanger thermistor
C9 : Room temperature thermistor
Service Diagnosis
155
Troubleshooting
4.6
SiUS09-651
Signal Transmission Error (between Indoor and Outdoor
Unit)
Remote
Controller
Display
U4
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The data received from the outdoor unit in indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission is checked
whether it is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the data sent from the outdoor unit cannot be received normally, or when the content of the
data is abnormal.
Supposed
Causes
Faulty outdoor unit PCB.
Faulty indoor unit PCB.
Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to wiring error.
Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to disturbed power supply waveform.
Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to breaking of wire in the connection wires
between the indoor and outdoor units (wire No. 2).
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.10
Refer to P.201
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the indoor unit-outdoor unit
connection wires.
Is there any wiring error?
YES
Correct the indoor unit-outdoor
unit connection wires.
NO
Check the outdoor unit's LED A.
Is LED A flashing?
NO
Diagnose the outdoor unit.
YES
Check the voltage of the indoor
unit-outdoor unit connection wires
between No. 1 and No. 2, and
between No 2 and No. 3.
Is the voltage 0 V?
YES
NO
Replace the connection wires
between the indoor and
outdoor units.
Check No. 10
Check power supply waveform.
Is there any disturbance?
YES
156
NO
Replace indoor unit control
PCB .
Locate the cause of the
disturbance of the power supply
waveform, and correct it.
(R2840)
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
4.7
Troubleshooting
OL Activation (Compressor Overload)
Remote
Controller
Display
E5
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor overload is detected through compressor OL.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
If the compressor OL is activated twice, the system will be shut down.
The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60minute compressor running time (total time).
∗ The operating temperature condition is not specified.
Supposed
Causes
Refrigerant shortage
Four way valve malfunctioning
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Water mixed in the local piping
Electronic expansion valve defective
Stop valve defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No.04
Refer to P.195
Discharge pipe thermistor
disconnected?
Check No.05
Refer to P.196
Check No.11
Refer to P.201
Malfunctioning
∗ Discharge pipe thermistor
Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor.
Functioning
Check No. 04
Check the electronic expantion
valve.
Malfunctioning
Replace the valve itself or
the coil.
Functioning
Check No. 05
Check the four way valve.
Malfunctioning
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Service Diagnosis
Insert the thermistor in
position.
NO
Check No. 06
Check the thermistors
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
YES
Malfunctioning
∗ Refrigerant shortage
∗ Water mixed
∗ Stop valve defective
Replace the four way valve
coil or the valve itself.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
(R4697)
157
Troubleshooting
4.8
SiUS09-651
Compressor Lock
4.8.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
E6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor lock is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the position
detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The system judges the compressor lock, and stops due to over current.
The system judges the compressor lock, and cannot operation with position detection within 15
seconds after start up.
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 10 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Compressor locked
Compressor harness disconnected
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Normal?
NO
YES
Turn off the power and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get the system restarted.
Emergency stop
without compressor
running?
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Replace the compressor.
NO
System shut
down after errors repeated
several times?
NO
YES
Check the electronic
expansion valve.
Replace it as required.
Replace the compressor.
(R2842)
Note:
158
If the model doesn’t have SPM, replace the outdoor unit PCB.
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.8.2 15/18/24 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
E6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor lock is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the position
detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The position detection circuit detects a compressor frequency of below 10 Hz for 20 seconds or
a frequency of above 160 Hz.
40 seconds after the compressor has started, the position detection circuit detects a
compressor frequency of above 180 Hz.
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Compressor locked
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Normal?
NO
YES
Turn off the power and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get the system restarted.
Emergency stop
without compressor
running?
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Replace the compressor.
NO
System shut
down after errors repeated
several times?
YES
NO
Check the electronic
expansion valve.
Replace it as required.
Replace the compressor.
(R2842)
Service Diagnosis
159
Troubleshooting
4.9
SiUS09-651
DC Fan Lock
Remote
Controller
Display
E7
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A fan motor or related error is detected by checking the high-voltage fan motor rpm being detected
by the Hall IC.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The fan does not start in 30 seconds even when the fan motor is running.
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Fan motor breakdown
Harness or connector disconnected between fan motor and PCB or in poor contact
Foreign matters stuck in the fan
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.15
Refer to P.203
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Fan motor connector
disconnected?
YES
Turn off the power and
reconnect the connector.
NO
Foreign matters in or
around the fan?
YES
Remove.
NO
Get started.
Check No. 15
Check the outdoor unit PCB rpm
pulse input.
Pulse signal inputted?
YES
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
fan motor.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
(R2843)
160
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.10 Input Over Current Detection
4.10.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
E8
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An input over-current is detected by checking the input current value with the compressor running.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The following current with the compressor running continues for 2.5 seconds.
Cooling · Heating: Above 12A
Supposed
Causes
Over-current due to compressor failure
Over-current due to defective power transistor
Over-current due to defective outdoor unit PCB
Error detection due to outdoor unit PCB
Over-current due to short-circuit
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Check No.08
Refer to P.199
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
∗ An input over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an input over-current,
take the following procedure.
Get restarted and measure the
input current.
Input current flowing
above its stop level?
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Any LED off?
YES
NO
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get restarted.
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Check No. 08
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 07
Check the installation condition.
(R4698)
Note:
Service Diagnosis
If the model doesn’t have SPM, replace the outdoor unit PCB.
161
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.10.2 15/18/24 Class
emote Controller
Display
E8
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An input over-current is detected by checking the input current value being detected by CT with the
compressor running.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The following CT input with the compressor running continues for 2.5 seconds.
CT input : Above 20 A
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Clearing condition : Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Over-current due to compressor failure
Over-current due to defective power transistor
Over-current due to defective inverter main circuit electrolytic capacitor
Over-current due to defective outdoor unit PCB
Error detection due to outdoor unit PCB
Over-current due to short-circuit
162
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Check No.08
Refer to P.199
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
∗ An input over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an input over-current,
take the following procedure.
Get restarted and measure the
input current.
Input current flowing
above its stop level?
Check No.14
Refer to P.203
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Check No. 14
Check the main circuit electrolytic
capacitor.
Normal?
NO
Replace the electrolytic
capacitor.
YES
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Any LED off?
NO
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get restarted.
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Check No. 08
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 07
Check the installation condition.
(R4716)
Service Diagnosis
163
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.11 Four Way Valve Abnormality
4.11.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
EA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The indoor air temperature thermistor, the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor, the outdoor
temperature thermistor and the outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor are checked to see if they
function within their normal ranges in the operating mode.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
A following condition continues over 10 minute after operating 5 minutes.
Cooling / dry operation
(room temp. – indoor heat exchanger temp.) < –Δ9°F
Heating
(indoor unit heat exchanger temp. – room temp.) < –Δ9°F
Supposed
Causes
164
Connector in poor contact
Thermistor defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Four way valve coil or harness defective
Four way valve defective
Foreign substance mixed in refrigerant
Insufficient gas
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.05
Refer to P.196
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Four way valve coil
disconnected (loose)?
YES
NO
YES
Harness out of connector?
Check No.11
Refer to P.201
Correct.
Reconnect.
NO
Check the continuity of the four
way valve coil and harness.
Disconnect the
harness from
the connector.
Resistance between
harnesses about
3kΩ±0.5kΩ?
NO
Replace the four way valve
coil.
YES
Check No. 05
Check the four way valve
switching output.
Malfunctioning
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Functioning
Any thermistor disconnected?
YES
Reconnect in position.
NO
Check No. 06
Check the thermistors.
Malfunctioning
Replace a defective
thermistor.
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Malfunctioning
Insufficient gas
Water mixed
Stop valve defective
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the four way valve
(defective or dust-clogged).
(R4699)
Service Diagnosis
165
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.11.2 15/18/24 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
EA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The room temperature thermistor, the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor, the outdoor
temperature thermistor and the outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor are checked to see if they
function within their normal ranges in the operating mode.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
A following condition continues over 1 minute after operating 10 minutes.
Cooling / dry operation
(room temp. – indoor heat exchanger temp.) < –Δ18°F
Heating
(indoor unit heat exchanger temp. – room temp.) < –Δ18°F
Supposed
Causes
166
Connector in poor contact
Thermistor defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Four way valve coil or harness defective
Four way valve defective
Foreign substance mixed in refrigerant
Insufficient gas
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.05
Refer to P.196
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Four way valve coil
disconnected (loose)?
YES
NO
YES
Harness out of connector?
Check No.11
Refer to P.201
Correct.
Reconnect.
NO
Check the continuity of the four
way valve coil and harness.
Disconnect the
harness from
the connector.
Resistance between
harnesses about
1500 ohms?
NO
Replace the four way valve
coil.
YES
Check No. 05
Check the four way valve
switching output.
Malfunctioning
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Functioning
Any thermistor disconnected?
YES
Reconnect in position.
NO
Check No. 06
Check the thermistors.
Malfunctioning
Replace a defective
thermistor.
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Malfunctioning
Insufficient gas
Water mixed
Stop valve defective
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the four way valve
(defective or dust-clogged).
(R4710)
Service Diagnosis
167
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.12 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control
4.12.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
F3
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The discharge pipe temperature control (stop, frequency drooping, etc.) is checked with the
temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
If a stop takes place 4 times successively due to abnormal discharge pipe temperature, the
system will be shut down.
If the temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor rises above
°F, the
compressor will stop. (The error is cleared when the temperature has dropped below
°F.)
Stop temperatures
(1) above 45Hz (rising), above 40Hz (dropping)
(2) 30~45Hz (rising), 25~40Hz (dropping)
(3) below 30Hz (rising), below 25Hz (dropping)
230
221
210
207
198
187
The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
Refrigerant shortage
Four way valve malfunctioning
Discharge pipe thermistor defective
(heat exchanger or outdoor air temperature thermistor defective)
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Water mixed in the local piping
Electronic expansion valve defective
Stop valve defective
Troubleshooting
Check No.04
Refer to P.195
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Check No.11
Refer to P.201
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No. 06
Check the thermistors.
Functioning
Check No. 04
Check the electronic expansion
valve.
Malfunctioning
Discharge pipe thermistor
Outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
Outdoor temperature thermistor
Malfunctioning
Replace a defective
thermistor.
Replace the valve itself or
the coil.
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Malfunctioning
Refrigerant shortage
Four way valve malfunctioning
Water mixed
Stop valve defective
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
(R4700)
168
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.12.2 15/18/24 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
F3
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The discharge pipe temperature control (stop, frequency drooping, etc.) is checked with the
temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
If a stop takes place 6 times successively due to abnormal discharge pipe temperature, the
system will be shut down.
If the temperature being detected by the discharge pipe thermistor rises above 248°F, the
compressor will stop. (The error is cleared when the temperature has dropped below 225°F.)
Stop temperatures (variable by models)
(1) 230°F : above 45Hz (rising), above 40Hz (dropping)
(2) 216°F : 30~45Hz (rising), 25~40Hz (dropping)
(3) 208°F : below 30Hz (rising), below 25Hz (dropping)
The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
Refrigerant shortage
Four way valve malfunctioning
Discharge pipe thermistor defective
(heat exchanger or outdoor temperature thermistor defective)
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Water mixed in the local piping
Electronic expansion valve defective
Stop valve defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.04
Refer to P.195
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Check No.11
Refer to P.201
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No. 06
Check the thermistors.
Functioning
Check No. 04
Check the electronic expansion
valve.
Malfunctioning
Discharge pipe thermistor
Outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
Outdoor temperature thermistor
Malfunctioning
Replace a defective
thermistor.
Replace the valve itself or
the coil.
Functioning
Check No. 11
Check the refrigerant line.
Functioning
Malfunctioning
Refrigerant shortage
Four way valve malfunctioning
Water mixed
Stop valve defective
Refer to the refrigerant line
check procedure.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
(R4700)
Service Diagnosis
169
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.13 High Pressure Control in Cooling
4.13.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
F6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
High-pressure control (stop, frequency drop, etc.) is activated in the cooling mode if the
temperature being sensed by the heat exchanger thermistor exceeds the limit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Activated when the temperature being sensed by the heat exchanger thermistor rises above 149°F.
(The error is cleared when the temperature drops below 129°F.)
Supposed
Causes
170
The installation space is not large enough.
Faulty outdoor unit fan
Faulty electronic expansion valve
Faulty defrost thermistor
Faulty outdoor unit PCB
Faulty stop valve
Dirty heat exchanger
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.04
Refer to P.195
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the installation space.
Check No. 07
Installation condition
check
Abnormal
Normal
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Check No. 09
Outdoor fan check
Abnormal
Normal
Check No.09
Refer to P.200
Change the air outlet grille
position.
Change the installation
location.
Clean the heat exchanger.
Replace the fan motor.
Repair the connector or fan
motor lead wires.
Check No. 04
Electronic expansion valve check
Judgment
Abnormal
Replace the electronic
expansion valve or coil.
Replace the PCB.
Normal
Check No. 06
Heat exchanger thermistor check
Judgment
Abnormal
Replace the heat exchanger
thermistor.
Normal
Replace PCB.
(R4701)
Service Diagnosis
171
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.13.2 15/18/24 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
F6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
High-pressure control (stop, frequency drop, etc.) is activated in the cooling mode if the
temperature being sensed by the heat exchanger thermistor exceeds the limit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Activated when the temperature being sensed by the heat exchanger thermistor rises above 140°F.
(Deactivated when the said temperature drops below 122°F.)
Supposed
Causes
172
The installation space is not large enough.
Faulty outdoor unit fan
Faulty electronic expansion valve
Faulty defrost thermistor
Faulty outdoor unit PCB
Faulty stop valve
Dirty heat exchanger
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.04
Refer to P.195
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the installation space.
Check No. 07
Installation condition
check
Abnormal
Normal
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Check No. 09
Outdoor fan check
Abnormal
Normal
Check No.09
Refer to P.200
Change the air outlet grille
position.
Change the installation
location.
Clean the heat exchanger.
Replace the fan motor.
Repair the connector or fan
motor lead wires.
Check No. 04
Electronic expansion valve check
Judgment
Abnormal
Replace the electronic
expansion valve or coil.
Replace the PCB.
Normal
Check No. 06
Heat exchanger thermistor check
Judgment
Abnormal
Replace the heat exchanger
thermistor.
Normal
Replace PCB.
(R4701)
Service Diagnosis
173
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.14 Position Sensor Abnormality
4.14.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
H6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor startup failure is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the
position detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The compressor fails to start in about 15 seconds after the compressor run command signal is
sent.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 10 minutes (normal)
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Supposed
Causes
Compressor relay cable disconnected
Compressor itself defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Stop valve closed
Input voltage out of specification
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.13
Refer to P.202
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No. 13
Check for short-circuit.
Normal
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Check the electrolytic capacitor
voltage.
NO
DC290~380V?
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Electricals
or compressor harnesses
connected as
specified?
NO
Reconnect as specified.
YES
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Any LED off?
NO
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Replace the compressor.
(R3041)
174
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.14.2 15/18/24 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
H6
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A compressor startup failure is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the
position detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The compressor fails to start in about 15 seconds after the compressor run command signal is
sent.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Supposed
Causes
Compressor relay cable disconnected
Compressor itself defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Stop valve closed
Input voltage out of specification
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.13
Refer to P.202
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check No. 13
Check for short-circuit.
Normal
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB, outdoor unit fan.
YES
Check the electrolytic capacitor
voltage.
NO
DC380±30V?
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Electricals
or compressor harnesses
connected as
specified?
NO
Reconnect as specified.
YES
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Any LED off?
NO
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Replace the compressor.
(R2847)
Service Diagnosis
175
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.15 DC Voltage / Current Sensor Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
H8
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detecting abnormality of the DC sensor by the running frequency of compressor and by the input
current multiplied DC voltage and current.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The compressor running frequency is below 52 Hz.
(The input current is also below 0.5 A.)
If this error repeats 4 times, the system will be shut down.
The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Replace the outdoor unit PCB.
176
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.16 CT or Related Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
H8
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A CT or related error is detected by checking the compressor running frequency and CT-detected
input current.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The compressor running frequency is below 55 Hz and the CT input is below 0.1 V.
(The input current is also below 1.25 A.)
If this error repeats 4 times, the system will be shut down.
The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Power transistor defective
Internal wiring broken or in poor contact
Reactor defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
177
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.12
Refer to P.202
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power and turn it on
again.
Get the system started.
∗ Running current
as shown at right with relay
cable 1 or 2?
YES
Current
(guideline)
NO
Check No. 12
Check the capacitor voltage.
Rising with increasing
frequency
2 sec
DC380±30V?
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Capacitor charged when
the indoor unit or outdoor
unit main relay turns on
Time
YES Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V and W.
NO
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Measure the rectifier input voltage.
* Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
YES
Any LED off?
NO
Turn off the power and reconnect
the above harnesses. Then turn on
the power again and get the
system restarted.
Compressor running?
NO
Voltage within
the allowable range (Supply
voltage±15%)?
NO
YES
YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Replace the compressor.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Check the supply voltage.
(R2848)
178
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.17 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)
Remote
Controller
Display
P4, J3, J6, H9
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This type of error is detected by checking the thermistor input voltage to the microcomputer.
[A thermistor error is detected by checking the temperature.]
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The thermistor input is above 4.96 V or below 0.04 V with the power on.
Error J3 is judged if the discharge pipe thermistor temperature is smaller than the condenser
thermistor temperature.
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Connector in poor contact
Thermistor defective
Outdoor unit PCB defective
Indoor unit PCB defective
Condenser thermistor defective in the case of J3 error (outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
in the cooling mode, or indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor in the heating mode)
179
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn on the power again.
Error displayed again
on remote controller?
NO
Reconnect.
YES
Connector or thermistor
disconnected?
YES
Reconnect.
NO
Check No. 06
Check the thermistor resistance
value.
NO
Normal?
YES
Replace defective one(s) of
the following thermistors.
Radiation fin thermistor
Discharge pipe thermistor
Outdoor heat exchanger
thermistor
Outdoor air thermistor
Check No. 06
Check the indoor heat exchanger
thermistor resistance value in the
heating mode.
Indoor
heat exchanger thermistor
functioning?
NO
YES
Replace the following
thermistor.
Indoor heat exchanger
thermistor
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB. (Replace the indoor
unit PCB.)
(R4702)
P4 : Radiation fin thermistor
J3 : Discharge pipe thermistor
J6 : Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
H9 : Outdoor air temperature thermistor
180
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.18 Electrical Box Temperature Rise
Remote
Controller
Display
L3
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An electrical box temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin thermistor with the
compressor off.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
With the compressor off, the radiation fin temperature is above 176°F. Reset is made when the
temperature drops below 158°F.
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Fin temperature rise due to defective outdoor unit fan
Fin temperature rise due to short-circuit
Fin thermistor defective
Connector in poor contact
Outdoor unit PCB defective
181
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power and turn it on
again.
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Error again or outdoor unit
fan activated?
Check No.09
Refer to P.200
WARNING
To cool down the electricals, the
outdoor unit fan gets started when
the radiation fin temperature rises
above 176˚F and stops itself when it
drops below 158˚F.
YES
NO
Check No. 06
Check the thermistor resistance
value.
Fin thermistor
Check the radiation fin
temperature.
Thermistor as
specified in its characteristic
chart?
NO
Replace the fin thermistor.
YES
Above 176˚F?
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Check No. 09
Check the outdoor unit
fan or related.
Malfunctioning
Functioning
Radiation fin dirty?
Too dirty
Replace the fan motor.
Correct the connectors and
fan motor leads.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Clean up the radiation fin.
Slightly dirty
Check No. 07
Check the installation condition.
(R5474)
182
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.19 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise
Remote
Controller
Display
L4
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A radiation fin temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin thermistor with the
compressor on.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
If the radiation fin temperature with the compressor on is above 194°F.
If a radiation fin temperature rise takes place 4 times successively, the system will be shut
down.
The error counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60minute compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Fin temperature rise due to defective outdoor unit fan
Fin temperature rise due to short-circuit
Fin thermistor defective
Connector in poor contact
Outdoor unit PCB defective
183
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power and turn it on
again to get the system started.
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Error displayed again?
Check No.09
Refer to P.200
YES
NO
Check No. 06
Check the thermistor resistance
value.
Fin thermistor
Check the radiation fin
temperature.
Thermistor as
specified in its characteristic
chart?
NO
Replace the fin thermistor.
YES
Above 194˚F?
YES
Check No. 09
Check the outdoor unit
fan or related.
Malfunctioning
Functioning
Radiation fin dirty?
Too dirty
NO
Check the power transistor
and fin for looseness. If
they are found to be fit
tightly, replace the PCB or
the power transistor.
Replace the fan motor.
Correct the connectors and
fan motor leads.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
Clean up the radiation fin.
Slightly dirty
Check No. 07
Check the installation condition.
(R5475)
184
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.20 Output Over Current Detection
4.20.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
L5
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An output over-current is detected by checking the current that flows in the inverter DC section.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
A position signal error occurs while the compressor is running.
A speed error occurs while the compressor is running.
An output over-current input is fed from the output over-current detection circuit to the
microcomputer.
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 255 times.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 10 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Over-current due to defective power transistor
Over-current due to wrong internal wiring
Over-current due to abnormal supply voltage
Over-current due to defective PCB
Error detection due to defective PCB
Over-current due to closed stop valve
Over-current due to compressor failure
Over-current due to poor installation condition
Service Diagnosis
185
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
∗ An output over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an output over-current,
take the following procedure.
NO
Stop valve fully open?
Check No.08
Refer to P.199
Check No.13
Refer to P.202
Fully open the stop valve.
YES
Turn off the power and turn it on
again to get the system started.
See if the same error occurs.
Error again?
NO Monitor the supply voltage,
discharge and suction pressures,
and other factors for a long term.
YES
Possible causes
Instantaneous supply voltage
drop
Compressor motor overloaded
Contact-induced electrical shortcircuit
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V and W.
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Keep on using as it is
(monitor).
Check the electricals'
connectors and other
fittings.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
YES
Any LED off?
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
NO
Check No. 13
Check the power transistor.
NO
Normal?
Replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
YES
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get restarted.
Check the supply voltage.
NO
Correct the power supply.
Voltage as rated?
YES
Short-circuit
or breakage between
compressor's coil
phases?
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Check No. 08
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 07
Check the installation condition.
(R4705)
Note:
186
If the model doesn’t have SPM, replace the outdoor unit PCB.
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.20.2 15/18/24 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
L5
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An output over-current is detected by checking the current that flows in the inverter DC section.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
A position signal error occurs while the compressor is running.
A speed error occurs while the compressor is running.
An output over-current input is fed from the output over-current detection circuit to the
microcomputer.
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 5 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Over-current due to defective power transistor
Over-current due to wrong internal wiring
Over-current due to abnormal supply voltage
Over-current due to defective PCB
Error detection due to defective PCB
Over-current due to closed stop valve
Over-current due to compressor failure
Over-current due to poor installation condition
Service Diagnosis
187
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.07
Refer to P.199
Check No.08
Refer to P.199
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
∗ An output over-current may result from wrong internal wiring. If the wires have been disconnected and
reconnected for part replacement, for example, and the system is interrupted by an output over-current,
take the following procedure.
NO
Stop valve fully open?
Fully open the stop valve.
YES
Turn off the power and turn it on
again to get the system started.
See if the same error occurs.
Check No.13
Refer to P.202
Error again?
NO Monitor the supply voltage,
discharge and suction pressures,
and other factors for a long term.
YES
Possible causes
Instantaneous supply voltage
drop
Compressor motor overloaded
Contact-induced electrical shortcircuit
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V and W.
Check with the inverter checker (∗).
Keep on using as it is
(monitor).
Check the electricals'
connectors and other
fittings.
∗ Inverter checker
Part No.: 1225477
YES
Any LED off?
Correct the power supply or
replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
NO
Check No. 13
Check the power transistor.
NO
Normal?
Replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
YES
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and get restarted.
Check the supply voltage.
NO
Correct the power supply.
Voltage as rated?
YES
Short-circuit
or breakage between
compressor's coil
phases?
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Check No. 08
Check the discharge pressure.
Check No. 07
Check the installation condition.
(R4705)
188
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.21 Insufficient Gas
4.21.1 09/12 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
U0
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Gas shortage detection I : A gas shortage is detected by checking the compressor running
frequency.
Gas shortage detection II : A gas shortage is detected by checking the difference between indoor
unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature as well as the difference between outdoor
unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature.
Gas shortage detection III : A gas shortage is detected by checking the difference between inhale
and exhale temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Gas shortage detection I :
Input current < (A/Hz) x Compressor running frequency × Voltage +
However, when the status of running frequency > (Hz) is kept on for a certain time.
Note : The values are different from model to model.
640 / 256
0
55
Gas shortage detection II :
If a gas shortage error takes place 4 times successively, the system will be shut down. The error
counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60-minute
compressor running time (total time).
Gas shortage detection III :
When the difference of the temperature is smaller than
, it is regarded as insufficient gas.
Cooling
Heating
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
room temperature – indoor heat exchanger temperature
outdoor heat exchanger temperature – outdoor temperature
indoor heat exchanger temperature – room temperature
outdoor temperature – outdoor heat exchanger temperature
Δ7.2°F
Δ7.2°F
Δ7.2°F
Δ5.4°F
Refrigerant shortage (refrigerant leakage)
Poor compression performance of compressor
Discharge pipe thermistor disconnected, or indoor unit or outdoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor disconnected, room or outdoor air temperature thermistor disconnected
Stop valve closed
Electronic expansion valve defective
189
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.04
Refer to P.195
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Any thermistor
disconnected?
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
NO
YES
Reconnect in position.
* Discharge pipe thermistor
* Indoor / outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
* Room temperature thermistor
* Outdoor air thermistor
YES
Open the stop valve.
Stop valve closed?
NO
Check for gas leakage.
Oil oozing at relay pipe
connections?
YES
Repair the pipe flare or
replace the square union.
NO
YES
Oil oozing at internal piping?
NO
Check No. 04
Electronic expansion valve
functioning?
Compressor vibrating
too much?
NO
NO
YES Check the power transistor
harness for looseness.
Correct it as required. Also
replace cracked pipe if any.
Check the pipes for
improper contact. Correct
as required. Also replace
cracked pipe if any.
YES
Replace the electronic
expansion valve.
Change for a specified amount of
fresh refrigerant.
YES
Gas shortage error again?
Replace the room
NO
Malfunctioning temperature or outdoor air
Check No. 06
Check the thermistors.
Functioning
thermistor, or the indoor
unit or outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor.
(1) Replace the PCB.
(2) Replace the compressor.
Procedure complete
(R4706)
190
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.21.2 15/18/24 Class
Remote
Controller
Display
U0
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Gas shortage detection I : A gas shortage is detected by checking the CT-detected input current
value and the compressor running frequency.
Gas shortage detection II : A gas shortage is detected by checking the difference between indoor
unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature as well as the difference between outdoor
unit heat exchanger temperature and room temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Gas shortage detection I :
Input current < (A/Hz) x Compressor running frequency × Voltage +
However, when the status of running frequency > 55 (Hz) is kept on for a certain time.
Note : The values are different from model to model.
1756 / 256
–50
Gas shortage detection II :
If a gas shortage error takes place 4 times successively, the system will be shut down. The error
counter will reset itself if this or any other error does not occur during the following 60-minute
compressor running time (total time).
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Refrigerant shortage (refrigerant leakage)
Poor compression performance of compressor
Discharge pipe thermistor disconnected, or indoor unit or outdoor unit heat exchanger
thermistor disconnected, room or outside air temperature thermistor disconnected
Stop valve closed
Electronic expansion valve defective
191
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
Caution
Check No.04
Refer to P.195
Check No.06
Refer to P.198
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Any thermistor
disconnected?
NO
YES
Reconnect in position.
* Discharge pipe thermistor
* Indoor / outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor
* Room temperature thermistor
* Outdoor air thermistor
YES
Open the stop valve.
Stop valve closed?
NO
Check for gas leakage.
Oil oozing at relay pipe
connections?
YES
Repair the pipe flare or
replace the square union.
NO
YES
Oil oozing at internal piping?
NO
Check No. 04
Electronic expansion valve
functioning?
Compressor vibrating
too much?
NO
NO
Check the pipes for
improper contact. Correct
as required. Also replace
cracked pipe if any.
YES
Check the CT.
YES Check the power transistor
harness for looseness.
Correct it as required. Also
replace cracked pipe if any.
Replace the electronic
expansion valve.
Malfunctioning
CT in trouble (refer to H8).
Functioning
Change for a specified amount of
fresh refrigerant.
YES
Gas shortage error again?
NO
Malfunctioning Replace the room
Check No. 06
Check the thermistors.
Functioning
temperature or outdoor air
thermistor, or the indoor
unit or outdoor unit heat
exchanger thermistor.
(1) Replace the PCB.
(2) Replace the compressor.
Procedure complete
(R4777)
192
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Troubleshooting
4.22 Over-voltage Detection
Remote
Controller
Display
U2
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An abnormal voltage rise is detected by checking the specified over-voltage detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
An over-voltage signal is fed from the over-voltage detection circuit to the microcomputer (The
voltage is over 400V).
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 255 times.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 10 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Supply voltage not as specified
Over-voltage detection circuit defective
PAM control part(s) defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the supply voltage.
Supply voltage as
specified?
NO
Correct the power supply.
YES
Turn on the
power again.
Error displayed again?
NO
Disturbance factors
∗ Noise ∗ Power supply distortion
Check for such factors for a
long term.
YES
Repeat a
couple of times.
Replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
(R2957)
Note:
Service Diagnosis
If the model doesn’t have SPM, replace the outdoor unit PCB.
193
Troubleshooting
SiUS09-651
4.23 Low-voltage Detection
Remote
Controller
Display
U2
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
An abnormal voltage rise or drop is detected by checking the detection circuit or DC voltage
detection circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
An over-voltage signal is fed from the over-voltage detection circuit to the microcomputer, or the
voltage being detected by the DC voltage detection circuit is judged to be below 150 V for 0.1
second.
The system will be shut down if the error occurs 16 times.
Clearing condition: Continuous run for about 60 minutes (normal)
Supposed
Causes
Supply voltage not as specified
Over-voltage detector or DC voltage detection circuit defective
PAM control part(s) defective
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the supply voltage.
Supply voltage as
specified?
NO
Correct the power supply.
YES
(Precaution before turning on the power again)
Make sure the power has been off for
at least 30 seconds.
Turn on the
power again.
System restarted?
NO
Repeat a
couple of times.
YES Disturbance factors
∗ Noise ∗ Power supply distortion
Check for such factors for a
long term.
∗ Try to get restarted a
couple of times.
Replace the SPM.
(Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.)
(R2854)
194
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Check
5. Check
5.1
How to Check
5.1.1 Fan Motor Connector Output Check
Check No.01
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Check connector connection.
Check motor power supply voltage output (pins 4-7).
Check motor control voltage (pins 4-3).
Check rotation command voltage output (pins 4-2).
Check rotation pulse input (pins 4-1).
S1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Motor power supply voltage
Unused
Unused
P.0V (reference potential)
Motor control voltage (15 VDC)
Rotation command voltage (1~ 6 VDC)
Rotation pulse input
(R3199)
5.1.2 Electronic Expansion Valve Check
Check No.04
Conduct the followings to check the electronic expansion valve (EV).
1. Check to see if the EV connector is correctly inserted in the PCB. Compare the EV unit and the
connector number.
2. Turn the power off and back on again, and check to see if all the EVs generate latching sound.
3. If any of the EVs does not generate latching noise in the above step 2, disconnect that
connector and check the conductivity using a tester.
Check the conductivity between pins 1, 3 and 6, and between pins 2, 4 and 5. If there is no
conductivity between the pins, the EV coil is faulty.
Harness 6P
Check
6P Connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
5-2
5-4
6-1
6-3
(R1082)
4. If no EV generates latching sound in the above step 2, the outdoor unit PCB is faulty.
5. If the conductivity is confirmed in the above step 2, mount a good coil (which generated latching
sound) in the EV unit that did not generate latching sound, and check to see if that EV
generates latching sound.
∗If latching sound is generated, the outdoor unit PCB is faulty.
∗If latching sound is not generated, the EV unit is faulty.
Note:
Service Diagnosis
Please note that the latching sound varies depending on the valve type.
195
Check
SiUS09-651
5.1.3 Four Way Valve Performance Check
Check No.05
09/12 Class
Turn off the power and turn it on
again.
Start the heating-mode run.
S80 voltage
at DC 180-220 V with
compressor on?
(Fig. 1)
∗ Four way valve coil
Cooling / dry : No continuity
Heating : Continuity
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Disconnect the four way valve coil
from the connector and check the
continuity.
Four way valve
coil resistance at
3kΩ±0.5kΩ?
NO
YES
Replace the four way valve
coil.
Replace the four way valve.
(Fig. 1)
Voltage at S80
DC180-220V
Compressor
Time
ON
196
(R3047)
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Check
15/18/24 Class
Turn off the power and turn it on
again.
Start the heating-mode run.
S80 voltage
at DC 180-220 V with
compressor on?
(Fig. 1)
∗ Four way valve coil
Cooling / dry : No continuity
Heating : Continuity
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB.
YES
Disconnect the four way valve coil
from the connector and check the
continuity.
Four way valve
coil resistance at
1500 ohms?
NO
YES
Replace the four way valve
coil.
Replace the four way valve.
(Fig. 1)
Voltage at S80
DC180-220V
Compressor
Time
ON
Service Diagnosis
(R2856)
197
Check
SiUS09-651
5.1.4 Thermistor Resistance Check
Check No.06
Remove the connectors of the thermistors on the PCB, and measure the resistance of each
thermistor using tester.
The relationship between normal temperature and resistance is shown in the graph and the table
below.
Thermistor R77°F=20kΩ B=3950
Temperature (°F)
4
5
14
23
32
41
50
59
68
77
86
95
104
113
122
198
211.0 (kΩ)
150
116.5
88
67.2
51.9
40
31.8
25
20
16
13
10.6
8.7
7.2
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Check
5.1.5 Installation Condition Check
Check No.07
Installation condition check
Check
the allowable
dimensions of the air suction
and discharge
area.
Normal
Does
the discharged
air from other outdoor
unit cause an increase of
the suction air
temperature?
Abnormal
YES
Change the position of the air
discharge grille or the
installation location.
Change the position of the air
discharge grille or the
installation location.
NO
Is the heat exchanger
very dirty?
NO
Is
the air flow
blocked by obstacles or
winds blowing in the
opposite direction?
YES
YES
NO
Clean the heat exchanger.
Change the installation
location or direction.
Check the outside air
temperature (temperature of air
taken in by the outdoor unit).
(The outside air temperature
shall be 109˚F or lower.)
(R4160)
5.1.6 Discharge Pressure Check
Check No.08
Discharge pressure check
High
NO
Replace compessor.
YES
Is the stop valve open?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Is the
connection pipe deformed?
NO
Replace the pipe installed at
the site.
YES
At the heat exchanger and
air filter dirty?
YES
NO
Clean.
Replace the compressor.
(R1443)
Service Diagnosis
199
Check
SiUS09-651
5.1.7 Outdoor Unit Fan System Check
Check No.09
Check the outdoor unit fan system.
NO
Outdoor unit fan running?
YES
Outdoor unit fan system
functioning.
200
Fan motor lead wire
connector disconnected?
YES
Reconnect.
NO
Go to Check No. 15.
(R2857)
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Check
5.1.8 Power Supply Waveforms Check
Check No.10
Measure the power supply waveform between pins 1 and 3 on the terminal board, and check the
waveform disturbance.
Check to see if the power supply waveform is a sine wave (Fig.1).
Check to see if there is waveform disturbance near the zero cross (sections circled in Fig.2)
[Fig.1]
[Fig.2]
5.1.9 Inverter Units Refrigerant System Check
Check No.11
Refrigerant system check
Is
the discharge
thermister disconnected from
the holder?
YES
Correct the problem.
NO
Is any moisture
found in sight glass.
YES
Conduct vacuum drying.
Conduct the check after operating the
equipment for a sufficient length of time.
NO
Check for gas leaks.
See the section on insufficient gas
detection.
YES
Replace the refrigerant.
(R1445)
Service Diagnosis
201
Check
SiUS09-651
5.1.10 Capacitor Voltage Check
Check No.12
Before this checking, be sure to check the main circuit for short-circuit.
Checking the capacitor voltage
With the circuit breaker still on, measure the voltage according to the drawing of the model in
question. Be careful never to touch any live parts.
Use the tester
in the DC range.
Fan motor
lead wire
TB2
P2
TB3
N1
Compressor
lead wire
S93
S20 S21 S22
S40 S90 S92
Reactor
lead wire
S80
>PS<
Solenoid valve
lead wire
OL
lead wire
Thermistor
lead wire
(R5473)
5.1.11 Power Transistor Check
Check No.13
Checking the power transistor
Never touch any live parts for at least 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
If you cannot avoid to touch a live part, make sure that the power transistor's supply voltage is
below 50 V using the tester.
For the UVW, make measurements at the Faston terminal on the board or the relay connector.
transistor
Tester's negative terminal Power (+)
Tester's positive terminal
Normal resistance
Abnormal resistance
202
UVW
UVW
Power transistor
(–)
Power transistor
UVW
(+)
Several kΩ to several MΩ
0 or ∞
UVW
Power transistor
(–)
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Check
5.1.12 Main Circuit Electrolytic Capacitor Check
Check No.14
Checking the main circuit electrolytic capacitor
Never touch any live parts for at least 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
If you cannot avoid to touch a live part, make sure that there is no DC voltage using the tester.
Check the continuity with the tester. Reverse the pins and make sure there is continuity.
5.1.13 Turning Speed Pulse Input on the Outdoor Unit PCB Check
Check No.15
<Propeller fan motor>
Make sure the voltage of 270±30V is being applied.
(1) Stop the operation first and then the power off, and disconnect the connector S70.
(2) Make sure there is about DC 270 V between pins 4 and 7.
(3) With the system and the power still off, reconnect the connector S70.
(4) Make a turn of the fan motor with a hand, and make sure the pulse (0-15 V) appears twice at
pins 1 and 4.
If the fuse is blown out, the outdoor-unit fan may also be in trouble. Check the fan too.
If the voltage in Step (2) is not applied, it means the PCB is defective. Replace the PCB.
If the pulse in Step (4) is not available, it means the Hall IC is defective. Replace the DC fan
motor.If there are both the voltage (2) and the pulse (4), replace the PCB.
PCB
S70
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Turning speed pulse input (0-15 V)
15V
DC270V
(R5472)
∗ Propeller fan motor : S70
Service Diagnosis
203
Check
SiUS09-651
5.1.14 Hall IC Check
Check No.16
1. Check the connector connection.
2. With the power ON, operation OFF, and the connector connected, check the following.
∗Output voltage of about 5 V between pins 1 and 3.
∗Generation of 3 pulses between pins 2 and 3 when the fan motor is operating.
Failure of (1)
faulty PCB
Replace the PCB.
Failure of (2)
faulty Hall IC
Replace the fan motor.
Both (1) and (2) result
Replace the PCB.
204
Service Diagnosis
SiUS09-651
Part 7
Removal Procedure
1. FTXS09/12DVJU.................................................................................206
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Removal of Air Filter.............................................................................206
Removal of Front Grille ........................................................................209
Removal of Horizontal Blade and Vertical Blade..................................212
Removal of Electrical Box, PCB and Swing Motor ...............................214
Removal of Heat Exchanger ................................................................220
Install of Drain Plug ..............................................................................223
Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor..................................................225
2. FTXS15/18/24DVJU............................................................................229
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Removal of the Air Filter / Front Panel .................................................229
Removal of the Front Grille ..................................................................233
Removal of the Horizontal Blades / Vertical Blades .............................236
Removal of the Electrical Box / PCB / Swing Motor .............................239
Removal of the Heat Exchanger ..........................................................247
Removal of the Fan Rotor / Fan Motor.................................................250
3. RXS09/12DVJU ..................................................................................253
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Removal of Panels and Fan Motor.......................................................253
Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................261
Removal of Reactor and Partition Plate ...............................................263
Removal of Sound Blanket...................................................................265
Removal of Four Way Valve.................................................................268
Removal of Compressor.......................................................................270
Removal of PCB...................................................................................273
4. RXS15/18/24DVJU .............................................................................276
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Removal of the Panels and Plates .......................................................276
Removal of the Fan Motor / Propeller Fan ...........................................281
Removal of the PCB / Electrical Box ....................................................285
Removal of the Reactor........................................................................294
Removal of the Sound Blanket.............................................................296
Removal of the Four Way Valve...........................................................299
Removal of the Electronic Expansion Valve.........................................300
Removal of the Compressor.................................................................301
Note:
The removal procedures for FDXS09/12DVJU is not described.
Removal Procedure
205
FTXS09/12DVJU
SiUS09-651
1. FTXS09/12DVJU
1.1
Removal of Air Filter
Procedure
Warning
Step
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
1. External features
If ON/OFF button is kept
pushing for 5 seconds, a
forced cooling operation will
be carried out for approx. 15
minutes.
2. Removing air filters
1 Pull protrusions on left
and right sides of panel
with fingers and open
front grille all the way.
206
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
2 Lift center section of air
filter and disengage
hooks.
Remove air filter by
pulling forward.
3. Opening and shutting front
panel
1 Hook a finger onto the
projection part provided
on the both sides of the
unit’s panel and open
up the panel to the
position higher than it
will stop.
Removal Procedure
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
Left and right filters are
interchangeable.
To re-install, insert air filter
along the guide.
Support the front panel by one
hand, while remove the rotation
axis at the upper center by the
other hand.
And pull out the front panel
forward to remove.
207
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
2 Remove front panel
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
from the unit.
3
208
When restoring the air
filter, make sure that
the projection parts on
the panel are in the
guide groove, and then
shut the panel.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
1.2
FTXS09/12DVJU
Removal of Front Grille
Procedure
Warning
Step
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
1. Opening and closing of
service cover
1 Remove a service
cover mounting screw.
Open service cover
upward
A switch for field setting is
not provided in particular.
Removal Procedure
209
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
Procedure
2. Removal of front grille
assembly
1 Remove the 2 screws,
in the right and the left,
which fix the main body
with the front grille.
2
210
SiUS09-651
Disengage the 2 hooks
on the upper part.
In case that the hooks
are not pressed from
above, remove the front
panel and then remove
the grille while pushing
the hook through a
clearance between the
front grille and the heat
exchanger.
Points
Screw stoppers inside the
flap which were equipped in
the existing models are not
provided.
At the upper part there are 2
hooks in the left and the
right.
Disengage the hooks by
pressing knobs with a
screwdriver.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
3 The front grille can be
removed in a manner to
pull out the upper part
forward and lift up the
lower part.
Removal Procedure
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
When restoring the grille,
Make sure whether each
hook is set as it was.
211
FTXS09/12DVJU
1.3
SiUS09-651
Removal of Horizontal Blade and Vertical Blade
Procedure
Warning
Step
Procedure
1. Remove horizontal blade
1 Lift horizontal blade to
open position.
212
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
2
Disengage horizontal
blade from blade
retaining section.
3
Bend blade slightly and
remove it from the unit.
Points
Screw stoppers inside the
flap which were equipped in
the existing models are not
provided.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
For restoring.
1. Since the key pattern hook
is provided on the left side,
insert the edge of the blade
to the tip while rotating it.
2. Restore the 2 fixed parts of
the horizontal blade onto the
hook.
2. Removal of vertical blade
1 Disengage the vertical
blade’s joint from the
fixed plate.
2
Remove the blade
forward.
Removal Procedure
Five vertical blades are
integrated with the joint rod.
(so, only one blade can’t be
exchanged.)
213
FTXS09/12DVJU
1.4
SiUS09-651
Removal of Electrical Box, PCB and Swing Motor
Procedure
Warning
Step
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
Remove front grill.
1. Remove electrical box
1 Disconnect the
connection wires.
2 Disconnect connectors
(S1 and S7) of fan
motor.
3
4
214
Disconnect one
connector (S6) of swing
motor.
Remove heat
exchanger thermistor.
Pay attention to the direction
of the retainer of the
thermistor so that the
retainer will not touch the
harness (same as the
existing models.)
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
5 Remove a screw on the
terminal board.
6
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
The electrical box can be
removed instead of
disengaging the terminal
board.
Remove a screw on the
electrical box.
Removal Procedure
215
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
7 Pull up the electrical
box forward to remove.
216
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
A hook is provided on the
behind.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
2. Removal of PCB
1 Remove the shelter.
2
Disengage the front
plate of the electrical
box.
Disengage the knobs
by pushing the 2 hooks
at the top and the
bottom.
3
Sliding to the left, the
front part of the
electrical box can be
removed.
Removal Procedure
217
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
218
SiUS09-651
Procedure
4
Disengage the four
knobs on the back of
the signal receiver
PCB.
5
Signal receiver PCB
Points
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
6 Control PCB.
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
The control PCB is
integrated with the power
supply PCB.
Glass tabu fuse
3.15A
250V
S21
(HA terminal)
S7(Fan motor)
S6(Swing motor)
JA
JB
(Address)
JC
S32
(Heat exchanger thermistor)
(R2541)
3. Remove swing motor
assembly.
1 To remove swing motor
assembly, remove 2
screws.
(Manual adjusting for
the vertical blades.)
Provide a supporter so that
the joint link will not drop off,
in case the horizontal blade
assembly is removed.
Removal Procedure
219
FTXS09/12DVJU
1.5
SiUS09-651
Removal of Heat Exchanger
Procedure
Warning
Step
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Conduct pump-down
operation.
Remove the installation
frame from the mounting
plate.
1 Remove the drain hose.
Make curing so that the
residual drain water will
not leak out.
Points
Warning
If gas leaks, repair the leak
location, then connect all
refrigerant from the unit.
Conduct vacuum drying, and
charge proper amount of
refrigerant.
Warning
Do not mix any gas (including
air) other than the specified
refrigerant (R-410A) into
refrigerating cycle.
(Mixing of air or other gas
causes abnormal
temperature rise in
refrigerating cycle, and this
results in pipe rupture or
personal injuries.)
Pay attention so that the
residual drain will not make
a floor dirty.
In case that a drain hose is
buried inside a wall, remove
it after the drain hose in the
wall is pulled out.
2
3
220
Disengage the
insulation tube and
disconnect the flare
nuts for the gas line and
the liquid line.
Disengage the indoor
unit from the installation
plate.
Use two wrenches to
disconnect pipe.
After pipes are
disconnected, close all pipe
openings with caps to
prevent dust and moisture
from entering pipes.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
4 Disengage the hooks of
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
the pipe retainer on the
back.
5
Pull auxiliary pipe
forward to an angle of
10 to 20 degrees.
Removal Procedure
Be careful to prevent pipe
deformation.
221
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
6 Disengage hooks
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
located right and left
side, and pull heat
exchanger forward.
The hooks are
symmetrically placed in
the right and the left.
Lifting the heat-exchanger
slightly upward to the right,
the left hook comes to be
disengaged easily.
7
222
Lift and remove heat
exchanger.
Caution
When removing or reinstalling heat exchanger, be
sure to wear protective
gloves or wrap heat
exchanger with cloths. (Fins
can cut fingers.)
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
1.6
FTXS09/12DVJU
Install of Drain Plug
Procedure
Warning
Step
1 Disconnect drain hose.
2
Pull out the drain plug in
the left on the drain pan
by hand.
3
Insert the drain hose,
Removal Procedure
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
The drain pan is integrated
with the bottom plate.
Push it into the inner part
firmly.
223
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
4 Push the drain plug into
the right by Allen
wrench.
224
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
Push it into the inner part
firmly.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
1.7
FTXS09/12DVJU
Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor
Procedure
Warning
Step
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
Remove heat exchanger.
1
To remove right side
plate, remove three
screws.
Removal Procedure
225
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
2 Disengage hook.
3
226
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
Loosen the hexagon
head set screw on the
fan rotor.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
4 Remove the motor and
FTXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Points
fan rotor.
5
Remove a screw on the
left side plate.
Removal Procedure
227
FTXS09/12DVJU
Step
6 Disengage a hook from
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
the backward.
7
228
Since the fan bearing is
made of rubber, push it
strongly off from the
inside. The bearing can
be removed just as the
left side plate is
attached with.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
2. FTXS15/18/24DVJU
2.1
Removal of the Air Filter / Front Panel
Procedure
Step
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
1. Features
When the signal receiver
catches a signal from the
remote controller, it
produces beep sound and
the operation lamp blinks.
2. Remove the air filters.
1 Hold the front panel by
the tabs on the both
sides and lift it until it
stops with a click.
Removal Procedure
229
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
2
SiUS09-651
Points
Lift an air filter upwards
slightly by the center
knob, and then pull it
out downwards.
The right and left filters are
interchangeable.
Insert the air filters along
grooves when installing.
Set the air filters with
displaying “FRONT” on the
front side.
Insert 2 hooks of the air filter
completely.
230
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
3. Remove an “air purifying
filter with photocatalytic
deodorizing function”.
1 Push up the bottom of
an air purifying filter to
undo the hooks (2 on
lower, 3 on upper) and
take the filter out.
Removal Procedure
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Points
The right and left filters are
interchangeable.
231
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Step
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
4. Remove the front panel.
1 While opening the front
panel further than it
stops, release both
axes and remove the
front panel.
Slide the front panel side to
side to release each axis.
Align the right and left axes
with grooves in turn and
insert them to the end when
installing.
232
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
2.2
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Removal of the Front Grille
Procedure
Step
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
1. Remove the service
cover.
1 Loosen the screw and
remove the service
cover by the knob.
No field setting switch is
inside it.
You can remove the front
grille without detaching the
service cover.
2. Remove the front grille.
1 Loosen the three fixing
screws of the front
grille.
Removal Procedure
It has no fixing screws inside
blades, though previous
models had.
233
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
2
234
SiUS09-651
Undo the three hooks
on the top of the front
grille.
Points
The front grille has three
hooks on the center and the
both sides of the upper part.
Refer to the removal
procedure in a reverse way
when reassembling.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
3
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Pull the upper part of
the front grille out and
lift the lower part up,
and then remove the
front grille.
Removal Procedure
Points
Make sure that all the hooks
are placed securely when
reassembling.
235
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
2.3
Removal of the Horizontal Blades / Vertical Blades
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1. Remove the horizontal
blades.
1 Open the horizontal
blades.
236
SiUS09-651
2
Undo the left pivot of
the horizontal blades.
3
Bend the horizontal
blades slightly and
release the center
pivots.
Slide the horizontal
blades to the left and
release the right pivot.
Points
It has no fixing screws inside
blades, though previous
models had.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
Points
Installation procedure
1. Since key pattern hook is
provided, rotate the blades
and fit it to the right pivot
first.
2. Fit the blades to the center
and left pivots.
2. Remove the vertical
blades.
1 Undo the right and left
pivots.
2
Undo the three hooks.
Removal Procedure
237
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
238
SiUS09-651
Points
Pull the vertical blades
rightwards and remove
it.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
2.4
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Removal of the Electrical Box / PCB / Swing Motor
Procedure
Step
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
1. Remove the front grille.
Parts layout
2. Remove the drip proof
plate.
1 Loosen the screw.
Removal Procedure
239
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
Points
3. Disconnect the indoor
heat exchanger thermistor
and the earth
Mind that not to lose the clip
for the thermistor.
4. Remove the electrical box
1 Disconnect the 4
connection wirings.
Loosen the screw and
remove the terminal
strip board.
You can remove the
electrical box without
detaching the terminal strip
board.
Screw: M4×25
2
240
Disconnect the
connectors for fan
motor (S1).
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
Disconnect the
connectors for swing
motor (S6, S8).
4
Loosen the fixing screw
of the electrical box.
5
Dislocate the electrical
box to the left and undo
the back hook.
Removal Procedure
Points
The electrical box has a
hook on its back.
241
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
242
SiUS09-651
Points
6
Pull the electrical box
out towards you.
Hook the back hook of the
electrical box when
reassembling.
7
Loosen the screw on
the electrical box.
Screw: M4×16
8
Push the shelter up and
undo the hook.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
9
Press the receiver units
down and release the
hooks on the upper
side, and then undo the
hooks on the lower
side.
10
Cut the clamp.
11
The receiver units
contain four PCBs.
Remove each PCB with
releasing hooks.
Disconnect every
connector from each
PCB.
Removal Procedure
Points
Release the hooks on the
upper side.
Remove the receiver units
while pushing the hooks of
connectors.
243
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
12
SiUS09-651
Cut the clamp.
Points
Clamps should be always
available.
Fix it as it was before.
5. Remove the control PCB.
1 Undo the 2 hooks on
the lower side, and then
the 2 hooks on the
upper side.
Remove the control
PCB.
2
244
Control PCB (indoor
unit)
S1: connector for the
fan motor
S21: HA
S26: connector for the
room temperature
thermistor
S32: connector for the
heat exchanger
thermistor
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Points
6. Remove the swing motor
for horizontal blades.
1 Remove the screw of
the swing motor.
7. Remove the swing motor
for vertical blades.
1 Release the swing axis
on the right side.
Removal Procedure
Releasing the swing axis
245
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
246
SiUS09-651
2
Loosen the 2 screws
and detach the swing
motor assembly.
3
Loosen the 2 screws
and remove the swing
motor.
Points
Six hooks hold the
assembly.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
2.5
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Removal of the Heat Exchanger
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Remove the electrical
box.
1. Disconnect the refrigerant
piping.
1 Hold the indoor unit up
by a piece of wood etc..
Points
Caution
If gas leaks, repair the spot of
leaking, then collect all
refrigerant from the unit. After
conducting vacuum drying,
recharge proper amount of
refrigerant.
Caution
Do not contaminate any gas
(including air) other than the
specified refrigerant (R-410A)
into refrigerant cycle.
(Contaminating of air or other
gas causes abnormal high
pressure in refrigerating
cycle, and this results in pipe
breakage or personal
injuries.)
2
Unscrew the flare nut
for gas piping by 2
wrenches.
Removal Procedure
Pay attention so that the
residual water in the drain
will not make the floor wet.
In case that a drain hose is
buried inside a wall, remove
it after the drain hose in the
wall is pulled out.
Use two wrenches to
disconnected pipes.
When disconnecting pipes,
cover every nozzle with caps
so as not to let dust and
moisture in.
247
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
SiUS09-651
Points
Unscrew the flare nut
for liquid piping by 2
wrenches.
2. Remove the indoor unit.
1 Detach the indoor unit
from the installation
plate.
3. Remove the piping fixture.
1 Release the hook on
the upper side of the
piping fixture on the
back of the unit.
4. Remove the heat
exchanger.
1 Widen the auxiliary
piping to the extent of
10°~20°.
248
At an angle of 10°~20°
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
2
Release the hooks on
the left side.
3
Push the fixing hooks
on the right side and
release.
4
Pull the heat exchanger
to the front side and
undo the hooks
completely, and then lift
it.
Removal Procedure
Points
Caution
When removing or
reinstalling heat exchanger,
be sure to wear protective
gloves or wrap the heat
exchanger with cloths. (Fins
can cut fingers.)
249
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
2.6
SiUS09-651
Removal of the Fan Rotor / Fan Motor
Procedure
Warning
Procedure
Step
1. Remove the right side panel.
1 Loosen the 2 screws.
2
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Points
You can remove the fan
rotor without detaching the
right side panel.
Lift the right side panel
and remove it.
2. Remove the fan rotor.
1 Loosen the screw and
remove the fan motor
fixture.
250
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
2
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Points
Loosen the fixing screw
of the fan rotor.
3. Remove the fan motor
1 Remove the fan motor.
Reassembling the fan motor
(1) When reassembling the fan
rotor, provide as much as
3/16inch of play between the
side face of the rotor and the
bottom frame.
Side face of rotor
4. Remove the bearing
1 Remove the fan rotor.
The bearing is on the
left side.
Removal Procedure
Side face of
bottom frame
3/16inch
(R4163)
(2) When reassembling the fan
motor, align the end of the
connector with the height of
for play.
251
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
252
SiUS09-651
2
Loosen the 2 screws
and remove the
mounting plate for the
bearing.
3
The bearing is made of
rubber. Push it inwards
firmly and remove it.
Points
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS09/12DVJU
3. RXS09/12DVJU
3.1
Removal of Panels and Fan Motor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
1. Features
Take care not to cut your
finger by the fins of the heat
exchanger.
1
Loosen the screw of the
stop valve cover.
Pull down the stop
valve cover and remove
it.
Removal Procedure
253
RXS09/12DVJU
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
Points
The stop valve cover is
united with the shelter.
When reassembling, make
sure to fit the 5 hooks.
2. Remove the panels
1 Loosen the 3 screws
(front, right, left) and lift
the top panel.
2
254
Remove the drip proof
plate.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
Disconnect the
connector for fan motor
(S70).
4
Loosen the 5 screws of
the front panel.
5
Undo the hooks.
Pull and remove the
front panel.
Removal Procedure
Points
The fan motor is united with
the front panel.
The front panel has 4 hooks.
The fan motor is united with
the front panel.
255
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
3. Remove the fan motor
1 Unscrew the washerfitted nut (M10) of the
propeller fan with a
spanner.
2
256
SiUS09-651
Remove the propeller
fan.
Points
The screw has reverse
winding.
Align mark of the propeller
fan with D-cut section of the
motor shaft when
reassembling.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
Loosen the 2 screws
and lift the bell mouth to
undo the hooks.
Remove the bell mouth.
4
Loosen the fixing hooks
and release the lead
wire.
Points
Put the lead wire through the
back of the motor when
reassembling. (so as not to
be entangled with the
propeller fan)
Lead wire
Propeller fan
(R3249)
Removal Procedure
257
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
258
SiUS09-651
5
Loosen the 4 screws to
remove the fan motor.
6
Loosen the 2 screws to
remove the fan motor
fixing frame.
Points
M4×16
DC fan motor
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
Points
4. Remove the right side
panel.
1 Loosen the 2 screws on
the rear side.
2
Loosen the 3 screws on
the right side.
3
Loosen the screw and
lift the connection port
to remove.
Removal Procedure
259
RXS09/12DVJU
Step
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Points
When reassembling, make
sure to fit the hook.
260
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
3.2
RXS09/12DVJU
Removal of Electrical Box
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
Remove the top panel.
Disconnect the connector
for fan motor.
1. Remove the electrical
box.
1 Disconnect the 2
reactor harnesses.
2
Disconnect the relay
connector for
compressor lead wire.
3
Disconnect the
connector for four way
valve (S80).
Removal Procedure
When reassembling, coil the
excessive lead wire and
hang the loop on the hook.
261
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
262
SiUS09-651
Points
4
Release the discharge
pipe thermistor.
Pay attention so as not to
lose the clip for thermistor.
5
Release the heat
exchanger thermistor.
Pay attention so as not to
lose the clip.
6
Lift and remove the
electrical box.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
3.3
RXS09/12DVJU
Removal of Reactor and Partition Plate
Procedure
Warning
Step
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
Remove the outer panels.
Remove the electrical
box.
1. Remove the reactor.
1 Loosen the screw.
Lift and remove the
reactor.
Removal Procedure
263
RXS09/12DVJU
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
Points
2. Remove the partition
plate.
1 Loosen the 2 screws.
2
The partition plate has
a hook on the lower
side. Lift and pull the
partition plate to
remove.
When reassembling, fit the
lower hook into the bottom
frame.
264
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
3.4
RXS09/12DVJU
Removal of Sound Blanket
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
Remove the outer panels.
Remove the electrical
box.
1. Remove the sound
blanket.
1 Untie the strings and
open the sound blanket.
2
Lift and remove the
sound blanket (body) as
it is opened.
Removal Procedure
Since the piping ports on the
sound blanket are torn
easily, remove the blanket
carefully.
265
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
266
SiUS09-651
3
Lift and remove the
sound blanket (top).
4
Pull the sound blanket
(inner) out.
Points
Since the piping ports on the
sound blanket are torn
easily, remove the blanket
carefully.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
5
RXS09/12DVJU
Points
Pull the sound blanket
(bottom) out.
Removal Procedure
267
RXS09/12DVJU
3.5
SiUS09-651
Removal of Four Way Valve
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
1. Remove the peripheries.
Remove the four
way valve and the
sheets of putty so as
not to burn them.
1 Remove the terminal
cover.
Be careful so as not to burn
the compressor terminals or
the name plate.
Make a note.
2
268
Loosen the screw of the
four way valve coil.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
Remove the sheets of
putty.
Cut the pipe with a tube
cutter.
4
Heat up the brazed part
and withdraw the piping
with pliers.
Removal Procedure
Points
Provide a protective sheet or
a steel plate so that the
brazing flame cannot
influence peripheries.
Be careful so as not to break
the pipes by pressing it
excessively by pliers when
withdrawing it.
269
RXS09/12DVJU
3.6
SiUS09-651
Removal of Compressor
Procedure
Warning
Procedure
Step
1. Remove the compressor.
1 Unscrew the nut of the
compressor.
Before working,
make sure that the
refrigerant is empty
in the circuit.
Be sure to apply
nitrogen
replacement when
heating up the
brazed part.
270
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Points
Warning
Ventilate when refrigerant
leaks during the work.
(If refrigerant contacts fire, it
will cause to arise toxic gas.)
Provide a protective sheet or
a steel plate so that the
brazing flame cannot
influence peripheries.
Be careful so as not to burn
the compressor terminals or
the name plate.
Be careful so as not to burn
the heat exchanger fin.
Warning
Since it may happen that
refrigeration oil in the
compressor will catch fire,
prepare wet cloth so as to
extinguish fire immediately.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
2
RXS09/12DVJU
Heat up the brazed part
of the discharge side
and disconnect.
Points
In case of the difficulty with
gas brazing machine
1. Disconnect the brazed part
where is easy to disconnect
and restore.
2. Cut pipes on the main unit by
a miniature copper tube
cutter in order to make it
easy to disconnect.
Cautions for restoration
1. Restore the piping by nonoxidation brazing.
2. It is required to prevent the
carbonization of the oil inside
the four way valve and the
deterioration of the gaskets
affected by heat. For the
sake of this, wrap the four
way valve with wet cloth and
provide water so that the
cloth will not be dried and
avoid excessive heating.
(Keep below 248°F)
Note: Do not use a metal
saw for cutting pipes by all
means because the sawdust
come into the circuit.
3
Heat up the brazed part
of the suction side and
disconnect.
Removal Procedure
271
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
4
272
SiUS09-651
Points
Lift the compressor up
and remove it.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
3.7
Removal of PCB
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1. Remove the PCB.
1 Feature of the PCB
2
RXS09/12DVJU
Points
You can remove the PCB
when you disconnect the
read wires on the terminal
board without removing the
electrical box.
PbF (Pb free brazing) is
adopted.
Loosen the screw on
the terminal board.
Removal Procedure
273
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
274
SiUS09-651
3
Release the earth
terminal.
4
Loosen the 4 screws.
5
Undo the 3 hooks on
the upper side.
Points
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS09/12DVJU
Procedure
Step
6
Lift and pull out the
PCB.
7
Feature of the PCB
S70: fan motor
S80: four way valve
S90: thermistor
(outdoor air, heat
exchanger,
discharge pipe)
Removal Procedure
Points
275
RXS15/18/24DVJU
SiUS09-651
4. RXS15/18/24DVJU
4.1
Removal of the Panels and Plates
Procedure
Step
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Points
1. Remove the panels and
plates.
1 Loosen the 4 screws
and lift the top panel.
Take care not to cut your
finger by the fins of the heat
exchanger.
276
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
2
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Points
Loosen the 4 screws
and remove the
discharge grille.
The front grille has 4 hooks.
Slide the discharge grille
upwards and remove it.
3
Loosen the 6 screws of
the front panel.
Removal Procedure
277
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
278
SiUS09-651
4
Push the front panel
and undo the hook.
Lift the clamp plate and
remove it.
5
Undo the right side
hook, and then the left
side hooks.
Remove the front panel.
Points
Lift the front panel and
remove it while pushing the
right side panel inwards.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Step
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Points
Lift the front panel and undo
the left side hooks.
Fit the left side of the front
panel first when installing.
2. Remove the stop valve
cover.
1 Loosen the screw of the
stop valve cover.
Removal Procedure
279
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
2
SiUS09-651
Points
Pull down the stop
valve cover to undo the
hooks and remove it.
The stop valve cover has 6
hooks.
(R2687)
280
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
4.2
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Removal of the Fan Motor / Propeller Fan
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Remove the top panel
and the front panel.
1. Remove the electrical box
cover.
1 Loosen the screw on
the back of the shelter.
Points
Shelter
This procedure is not
necessary to remove the
propeller fan only.
Hooks
(R5484)
2
Undo the 2 hooks and
remove it.
3
Release the 4 hooks of
the electrical box cover
and remove it.
Removal Procedure
The hooks have been
released since the front
panel was removed.
281
RXS15/18/24DVJU
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
Points
2. Remove the fan motor.
1 Disconnect the
connector for fan motor
(S70).
2
282
The illustration shows
arrangement of the fan
motor lead wire.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
3
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Points
Unscrew the washerfitted nut (M10) of the
propeller fan with a
spanner.
Align mark of the propeller
fan with D-cut section of the
motor shaft when
reassembling.
4
Remove the 4 screws
from the fan motor.
Removal Procedure
283
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
5
SiUS09-651
Pull the fan motor out.
Points
Put the lead wire through the
back of the motor when
reassembling. (so as not to
be entangled with the
propeller fan)
(R2697)
284
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
4.3
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Removal of the PCB / Electrical Box
Procedure
Warning
Procedure
Step
Remove the top panel
and the front panel.
1. Remove the right side
panel.
1 Disconnect the 3
connection wirings and
the 2 earth wires.
2
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Points
Terminal strip number
black (1) ----- power supply
white (2) ----- power supply
red (3) ----- transmission
yellow / green ( ) ----- earth
Loosen the 3 screws of
the right side panel.
Removal Procedure
285
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
SiUS09-651
Points
Loosen the fixing screw
of the electrical box.
Insert the two hooks of the
lower part and the one hook
of the upper back when
reassembling.
Hook
(R5485)
Hooks
286
(R5486)
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
2. Disconnect harnesses.
1 Loosen the fixing screw
of the cable way board.
Points
Service monitor PCB
LED A (Green)
SW1 LEDA(Green)
S2
S102
S52
ON
SW4
A B C
SW4
(Initial setting: OFF)
(R2704)
2
Push the hook up to
release the cable way
board.
Open the cable way
board.
3
Disconnect the
harnesses from the
power supply PCB.
HL (black) ···· to the
terminal strip
HE2 (yellow / green) ····
to the terminal strip
(earth)
HAC1 (black) ···· from
the control PCB (AC1)
HE1 (yellow / green) ····
from the control PCB
(E)
Removal Procedure
Power supply PCB
HE1
HE2
V3(varistor)
HL
HAC1
FU1 250V 30A
(soldered)
(R2707)
287
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
288
SiUS09-651
4
Disconnect the
connectors of the front
side.
S20: electronic
expansion valve
S40: overload protector
S80: four way valve
S90: thermistors
(discharge pipe,
outdoor air,
heat exchanger)
5
Loosen the screw of the
control PCB.
6
Undo the 2 hooks and
release the control PCB
from the ditch of the
front side.
Points
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
7
Disconnect the
harnesses while
opening the control
PCB.
S10: to the terminal
strip
AC2: to the terminal
strip
8
Disconnect the
connectors.
S51: to the service
monitor PCB
S101: to the service
monitor PCB
9
Disconnect the
connectors.
S31: to the SPM
S32: to the SPM
S33: to the MID
S71: to the MID
S91: fin thermistor
Removal Procedure
Points
289
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
10
11
290
SiUS09-651
Points
Control PCB (outdoor
unit)
S10: to the terminal
strip
S20: electronic
expansion valve
S31: to CN14 of the
SPM
S32: to CN11 of the
SPM
S33: to S34 of the MID
S40: overload protector
S51: to S52 of the
service monitor PCB
S71: to S72 of the MID
S80: four way valve
S90: thermistors
(discharge pipe,
outdoor air,
heat exchanger)
S91: fin thermistor
S101: to S102 of the
service monitor PCB
Disconnect the relaying
wire connector for the
compressor.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
12
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Points
Release the clamp by
pliers.
(R2715)
13
Disconnect the reactor
harness.
Removal Procedure
291
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
14
Pull the clamp and draw
the thermistor harness
out from the back of the
electrical box.
15
Loosen the screw of the
electrical box.
292
SiUS09-651
Points
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
16
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Points
Release the clamp of
the four way valve
harness.
(R2720)
17
Lift the electrical box
and remove it.
Removal Procedure
293
RXS15/18/24DVJU
4.4
SiUS09-651
Removal of the Reactor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
Points
Remove the electrical box.
1. Remove the partition plate.
1 Release the clamp by
pliers.
2
Loosen the 2 screws of
the partition plate.
The partition plate is fixed to
the bottom frame with a
hook.
Hook
(R5487)
294
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
3
Lift the partition plate
and remove it.
4
Loosen the screw.
Slide the reactor and
remove it from the
partition plate.
Removal Procedure
Points
295
RXS15/18/24DVJU
4.5
SiUS09-651
Removal of the Sound Blanket
Procedure
Warning
Procedure
Step
296
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
1
Disconnect the harness
of each thermistor.
2
Release the discharge
pipe thermistor.
Points
Pay attention to the direction
of the clip so as not to touch
the lead wire of the
thermistor when
reassembling.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
Points
3
Cut the clamp by
nippers.
Disconnect the outdoor
heat exchanger
thermistor.
Clamps should be always
available.
Fix it as it was before.
4
Remove the sound
blanket (side-outer).
Since the piping ports on the
sound blanket (side-outer)
are torn easily, remove the
blanket carefully.
5
Remove the sound
blanket (top-upper).
Removal Procedure
297
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Procedure
Step
298
SiUS09-651
6
Remove the sound
blanket (top-lower).
7
Remove the sound
blanket (side-inner).
Points
Since the piping ports on the
sound blanket (side-inner)
are torn easily, remove the
blanket carefully.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
4.6
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Removal of the Four Way Valve
Procedure
Warning
Procedure
Step
1
2
Loosen the screw of the
four way valve coil.
Heat up the brazed part
of the four way valve
and disconnect.
Be sure to apply
nitrogen
replacement when
heating up the
brazed part.
3
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Heat up every brazed
part in turn and
disconnect.
Points
Provide a protective sheet or
a steel plate so that the
brazing flame cannot
influence peripheries.
Be careful so as not to break
the pipes by pressing it
excessively by pliers when
withdrawing it.
Caution
Be careful about the four way
valve, pipes and so on, which
were heated up by a gas
brazing machine, so as not to
get burnt your hands.
Cautions for restoration
1. Restore the piping by nonoxidation brazing. Braze it
quickly when no nitrogen gas
can be used.
2. It is required to prevent the
carbonization of the oil inside
the four way valve and the
deterioration of the gaskets
affected by heat. For the
sake of this, wrap the four
way valve with wet cloth and
provide water so that the
cloth will not be dried and
avoid excessive heating.
(Keep below 248°F)
In case of the difficulty with
gas brazing machine
1. Disconnect the brazed part
where is easy to disconnect
and restore.
2. Cut pipes on the main unit by
a miniature copper tube
cutter in order to make it
easy to disconnect.
Note: Do not use a metal
saw for cutting pipes by all
means because the sawdust
come into the circuit.
Removal Procedure
299
RXS15/18/24DVJU
4.7
SiUS09-651
Removal of the Electronic Expansion Valve
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Remove the electronic
expansion valve coil.
2
Remove the sheets of
putty.
Points
Before working,
make sure that the
refrigerant is empty
in the circuit.
3
Heat up the two brazed
parts of the electronic
expansion valve and
disconnect.
Be sure to apply
nitrogen
replacement when
heating up the
brazed part.
300
Caution
Be careful about the
electronic expansion valve,
pipes and so on, which were
heated up by a gas brazing
machine, so as not to get
burnt your hands.
Warning
Ventilate when refrigerant
leaks during the work.
(If refrigerant contacts fire, it
will cause to arise toxic gas.)
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
4.8
RXS15/18/24DVJU
Removal of the Compressor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Procedure
Step
1
Remove the terminal
cover.
2
Disconnect the lead
wires of the
compressor.
Points
Be careful so as not to burn
the compressor terminals or
the name plate.
Make a note.
U
N
V
W
U : red
V : yellow
W : blue
N : brown
Removal Procedure
301
RXS15/18/24DVJU
SiUS09-651
Procedure
Step
3
Unscrew the nut of the
compressor.
4
Remove the putty of the
accumulator.
Before working,
make sure that the
refrigerant is empty
in the circuit.
Be sure to apply
nitrogen
replacement when
heating up the
brazed part.
5
Heat up the brazed part
of the discharge side
and disconnect.
6
Heat up the brazed part
of the suction side and
disconnect.
Points
Warning
Ventilate when refrigerant
leaks during the work.
(If refrigerant contacts fire, it
will cause to arise toxic gas.)
Provide a protective sheet or
a steel plate so that the
brazing flame cannot
influence peripheries.
Be careful so as not to burn
the compressor terminals or
the name plate.
Be careful so as not to burn
the heat exchanger fin.
7
302
Lift the compressor up
and remove it.
Warning
Since it may happen that
refrigeration oil in the
compressor will catch fire,
prepare wet cloth so as to
extinguish fire immediately.
Removal Procedure
SiUS09-651
Part 8
Others
1. Others .................................................................................................304
1.1 Test Run from the Remote Controller ..................................................304
1.2 Jumper Settings ...................................................................................305
Others
303
Others
SiUS09-651
1. Others
1.1
Test Run from the Remote Controller
For Heat pump
In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.
Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.
After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level.
(78°F to 82°F in cooling mode, 68°F to 75°F in heating mode)
For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
Trial Operation and Testing
1. Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.
2. Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
3. Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions
and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.
The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to
be used for some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary
power consumption.
If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the
original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
Trial operation from Remote Controller
(1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.
(2) Simultaneously press center of TEMP button and MODE buttons.
(3) Press MODE button twice.
(“T” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)
(4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a trial
operation, press ON/OFF button.
(3)
(2)
ON/OFF
TEMP
(3)
304
MODE
(1) (4)
(R4294)
Others
SiUS09-651
1.2
Others
Jumper Settings
1.2.1 When Two Units are Installed in One Room
When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for
different addresses.
How to set the different addresses
Control PCB of the indoor unit
(1) Remove the front grille. (3 screws)
(2) Remove the electrical box (1-screw).
(3) Remove the drip proof plate. (4 tabs)
(4) Cut the address jumper JA on the control PCB.
Wireless remote controller
(1) Slide the front cover and take it off.
(2) Cut the address jumper J4.
(R2871)
(R2872)
1.2.2 Jumper Setting
Jumper
Function
(On indoor control PCB)
JC
Power failure
recovery function
JB
Others
When connected
(factory set)
Auto-restart
When cut
Unit does not resume operation
after recovering from a power
failure. Timer ON-OFF settings
are cleared.
Fan speed setting
Fan speed setting ; Fan rpm is set to “0”
when compressor is Remote controller
<Fan stop>
OFF on thermostat. setting
(effective only at
cooling operation)
305
SiUS09-651
Part 9
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................308
1.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................308
1.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................309
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................311
2.1 Indoor Units ..........................................................................................311
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................313
Appendix
307
Piping Diagrams
SiUS09-651
1. Piping Diagrams
1.1
Indoor Units
1.1.1 The Single Split Duct-Free System
FTXS09/12DVJU
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
INDOOR UNIT
INDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
9/32CuT
(5/16CuT)
5/16CuT
1/4CuT
THERMISTOR
1/4CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
ON HEAT EXCH.
1/4CuT
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
CROSS FLOW FAN
FIELD PIPING
(1/4CuT)
CROSS FLOW FAN
FIELD PIPING
M
(1/4CuT)
M
FAN MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
3/8CuT
(
(3/8CuT)
CuT)
(1/2CuT)
FTXS15
FTXS18
1/2
FTXS24
5/8
REFRIGERANT FLOW
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
COOLING
HEATING
HEATING
4D047158
4D047162
1.1.2 The Slim Duct Built-in System
FDXS09/12DVJU
INDOOR UNIT
(1/4CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
FIELD PIPING
(1/4CuT)
SIROCCO FAN
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT
EXCH.
M
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(3/8CuT)
(3/8CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
4D051787
308
Appendix
SiUS09-651
1.2
Piping Diagrams
Outdoor Units
RXS09DVJU
OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR
3/8CuT
9/32CuT HEAT EXCHANGER
9/32CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
9/32CuT
MOTOR OPERATED
VALVE
1/4CuT 1/4CuT
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
M
1/4CuT
3/8CuT
PROPELLER FAN
3/8CuT
3/8CuT
5/16CuT
FOUR WAY
VALVE
ON:HEATING
LIQUID STOP
VALVE
MUFFLER
FIELD PIPING
(1/4CuT)
5/16CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR
3/8CuT
COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
3/8CuT
GAS STOP
VALVE
MUFFLER
FIELD PIPING
(3/8CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
3D047143A
RXS12DVJU
OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR
3/8CuT
9/32CuT HEAT EXCHANGER
9/32CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
MOTOR OPERATED
THERMISTOR
VALVE
3/16CuT
1/4CuT 1/4CuT
M
3/16CuT MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
1/4CuT
3/8CuT
PROPELLER FAN
FOUR WAY
VALVE
ON:HEATING
3/8CuT
5/16CuT
3/8CuT
LIQUID STOP
VALVE
FIELD PIPING
(1/4CuT)
MUFFLER
5/16CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR
3/8CuT
COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
3/8CuT
MUFFLER
GAS STOP
VALVE
FIELD PIPING
(3/8CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
3D047142A
Appendix
309
Piping Diagrams
SiUS09-651
RXS15/18DVJU
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 1
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 2
CAPILLARY TUBE 3
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
HEAT
EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
1/4CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
1/4CuT 1/4CuT
1/2CuT
5/16CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 4
HEATING
FILTER
M
1/2CuT
PROPELLER FAN
1/2CuT
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
FOUR WAY
VALVE
ON:HEATING
5/16CuT
1/2CuT
MOTOR OPERATED
VALVE
12.7CuT/
FIELD PIPING
(1/4 CuT)
MUFFLER
5/16CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR
1/4CuT
LIQUID
STOP VALVE
1/2CuT
GAS STOP VALVE
WITH SERVICE PORT
ACCUMULATOR
COMPRESSOR
FIELD PIPING
(1/2 CuT)
3D047141A
RXS24DVJU
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 2
CAPILLARY TUBE 3
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
HEAT
EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
5/16CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 4
1/2CuT
PROPELLER FAN
FOUR WAY
VALVE
ON:HEATING
1/2CuT
5/16CuT
1/2CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
FILTER
M
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
1/4CuT
1/4CuT 1/4CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 1
5/16CuT
5/16CuT
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
1/2CuT
MOTOR OPERATED
VALVE
12.7CuT/
MUFFLER
5/16CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR
1/4CuT
LIQUID
STOP VALVE
1/2CuT
COMPRESSOR
ACCUMULATOR
GAS STOP VALVE
WITH SERVICE PORT
FIELD PIPING
(1/4 CuT)
FIELD PIPING
(5/8 CuT)
3D050325
310
Appendix
SiUS09-651
Wiring Diagrams
2. Wiring Diagrams
2.1
Indoor Units
2.1.1 The Single Split Duct-Free System
FTXS09/12DVJU
PCB3
S36
S35
PCB1
H1
INTELLIGENTEYE SENSOR
Fu
3.15A
S27
PCB2
FOR
( TERMINAL
CENTRALIZED CONTROL)
S26
C70
TRANSMISSION H3
CIRCUIT
LED1 LED2 LED3
S21
H1P H2P H3P
S1W
SIGNAL
RECEIVER
S32
1
R1T
t°
140°C
H1P~H3P
M1F
M1S
PCB1~PCB3
R1T~R2T
S1~S36
S1W
X1M
M1F
t°
M
R2T
indoor
M1S
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
M
S6
FIELD WIRING.
CAUTION
S1
S7
t°
BLK
WHT
RED
GRN/YLW
H2
1
2 →
3
outdoor
X1M
1
2
3
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
C70 : RUNNING CAPACITOR
FU : FUSE
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
PILOT LAMP
FAN MOTOR
SWING MOTOR
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
THERMISTOR
CONNECTOR
OPERATION SWITCH
TERMINAL STRIP
3D033599G
FTXS15/18/24DVJU
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3
S27
S26
PCB1
H1
~
~
RECTIFIER
1
Fu
3.15A
H2
t°
R1T
S38
2
BLK
1
3
WHT
2
RED 3
GRN
/
YLW
H3
TRANSMISSION
CIRCUIT
X1M
FG
PCB4
S37
S21
7
S1
RED
LED1 LED2 LED3
H1P
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
H2P H3P
PCB5
S36
1
S35
INTELLIGENT EYE
S28
S32
1
S6
5
1
S8
M
M1F
6
SIGNAL
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
Appendix
RECEIVER
S1W
t°
S29
BRN
RED
ORG
YLW
PNK
BLU
PCB2
RED
ORG
YLW
PNK
BLU
SENSOR
INDOOR
R2T
M
M1S
M
M2S
OUTDOOR
CAUTION
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
FG
: FRAME GROUND
Fu
: FUSE
H1 ~ H3
: HARNESS
H1P ~ H3P : PILOT LAMP
M1F
: FAN MOTOR
M1S, M2S
: SWING MOTOR
PCB1~ PCB5 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
R1T, R2T
: THERMISTOR
S1 ~ S38
S1W
: CONNECTOR
: OPERATION SWITCH
X1M
: TERMINAL STRIP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
3D038530K
311
Wiring Diagrams
SiUS09-651
2.1.2 The Slim Duct Built-in System
FDXS09/12DVJU
X1M
PCB1
PCB2
H1
F1U
3.15A
V1TR
LED LED LED S1
1
H1P H2P H3P
S26
1
(
SIGNAL
RECEIVER
)
10
2 S32 1
3
1
TRANSMISSION
GND
CIRCUIT
S1
RED
S7
10
2 RTH11
H3
6
S21
S1W
1
GRY
BLK
R1T
C1
BRN BRN
t°
PPL
R2T
WIRELESS
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
M
1~
indoor
BLU
:
C1 :
F1U :
PROTECTIVE EARTH
CAPACITOR(M1F)
FUSE
2
RED
3
N=2
1
2
3
outdoor
GRN / YLW
GRN / YLW
FIELD WIRING.
CAUTION
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
ON AGAIN.
YLW
3
WHT
t°
1
WHT
Z1C
H2
TERMINAL FOR
CENTRALIZED CONTROL
BLK
M1F
Q1M
130°C
H1P ~ H3P
M1F
PCB1 ~ PCB2
Q1M
R1T ~ R2T
S1 ~ S32, RTH1
S1W
V1TR
X1M
Z1C
: PILOT LAMP
: FAN MOTOR
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: THERMAL PROTECTOR (M1F EMBEDDED)
: THERMISTOR
: CONNECTOR
: OPERATION SWITCH
: PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
: TERMINAL BLOCK
: NOISE FILTER(FERRITE CORE)
3D045012J
312
Appendix
SiUS09-651
2.2
Wiring Diagrams
Outdoor Units
RXS09/12DVJU
BRN
C100
YLW
BLK
2
L2 2
WHT
3
MRM10
S
HL2
V2
HN2
GRN/YLW
+
GRY
HN3
BLU
-
~
C94
DB2
~ +
C74
+
+
+
+
-
- C95
-
-
FU2
V3
7
FU1
3.15A
-
~
1
WHT
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
E
GRN/YLW
POWER SUPPLY
60Hz 208/230V~
ORG
S11
1
L2
IPM1
HR2 DB1
~ +
HL3
SA1
L1
HC4
HC3
L1R
HR1
L1
HN1
RED
3
ORG
MRM20
IC11
C75
3.15A
W
7
1
MRCW
S20
6
1
6
1 2 3 4
t°
t°
BLK
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
RED
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
t°
1
5
3
1
M
V
1~
IN CASE OF
HEAT PUMP
TYPE
S30
S40
7
2
Y1R
M Y1E
C74, C75
U
S70
S90
1
3
ORG
RED
YLW
BLK
GRY
WHT
NOTE
1. REFER TO THE NAMEPLATE FOR THE POWER REQUIREMENTS.
V
PCB2
S80
outdoor
-
V1
S10
RED
1
PCB1
YLW
FU3
Z2C HL1 20A
X1M
L1 1
HC1
BLU
TO INDOOR UNIT
HC2
GRY
FIELD WIRING.
R1T R2T R3T
(OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE)
(CONDENSER)
C94, C95, C100
: CAPACITOR
DB1, DB2
: DIODE BRIDGE
FU1, FU2, FU3
: FUSE
IC11
: TRIAC
PCB1, PCB2
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
SA1
: SURGE ARRESTER
IPM1
: INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
Q1L
: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
V1, V2, V3
: VARISTOR
L1,L2
: LIVE
R1T, R2T, R3T
: THERMISTOR
X1M
: TERMINAL STRIP
L1
: COIL
S10, S11, S20
Y1E
: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
L1R
: REACTOR
S30, S40, S70
Y1R
: REVERSING SOLENOIDE VALVE COIL
M1C
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR
S80, S90, S91
Z1C, Z2C
: FERRITE CORE
M1F
: FAN MOTOR
HC3, HC4, HL3, HN3 : CONNECTOR
Q1L
M1F
W
Z1C
N=2
U
M1C
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
3D046979A
MRCW, MRM10, MRM20 : MAGNETIC RELAY
RXS15/18/24DVJU
RED
BLK
WHT
GRN
FIELD WIRING
1S1015
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
1 S51 5
1 S52 5
1 S102 5
S2
S1W
Appendix
S71
1
S6
1 S20 6
1 S90 6
RED
S33
8
BLK
BLK
RED
8 1
9
M1C
U
M N
3~
W
Q1L
10
GRY
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
1
S31
RED
V
YLW
BLU
BRN
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
1
X11A
BLU
YLW
RED
BRN
S34
BRN
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
1 S32 5
M
1~
10 1 4
S40
t˚ t˚ t˚
LEDA
Z1C, Z2C
X1M
Y2E
V2~V5
FU1, FU2, FU201
HE1, HE2, HAC1
E, AC1, AC2
H1, H2, HL
L1, L2, X11A
MRM10, MRM20
MRC/W
R1T~R3T
3
S80
8 1
1 3
S91
PCB1
1
S72
BLU
BLU
GRY
GRY
BLK
BLK
L1
POWER SUPPLY
60Hz 208/230V ~
1
M1F
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
+ + + S70
N1
1
P2
TB6
W
V
TB5
TB4
U
N
BLK
BLK
L2
P1
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BRN
RED
RED
V5
S10
1
3
BLK
3
2
1
FU2
3.15A
RED
3.15A
ORG
DB1
L1
L2 P1
Z2C
H1
+
N1
YLW
+
RED
~
P2
CT1
W
H2
SPM
~
V
BLU
BLK
CN11
U
1
R12T
1 CN14 10
5
t˚
MRM10
MRC W
3
2
1
X1M
ORG
MRM20
BLK
TO INDOOR UNIT
MID FU201 7
Z1C
YLW
L1R
PCB2
HE2
HE1
GRN
GRN
YLW
SA1
YLW E
V3
HL FU1
HAC1
AC1
BLK
30A
AC2
WHT
BLK
V2
GRN
YLW
: FERRITE CORE
: TERMINAL STRIP
: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
: VARISTOR
: FUSE
: CONNECTOR
: MAGNETIC RELAY
: THERMISTOR
S4W
S2~S102
LEDA
PCB1, PCB2
L1, L2
S1W
S4W
SA1
Y1R
DB1
M1C
M1F
Y1R
M
Y2E
R3T R2T R1T
outdoor (OUTDOOR)
(DISCHARGE)
(CONDENSER)
: CONNECTOR
: PILOT LAMP
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: LIVE
: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)
: LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4)
: SURGE ARRESTER
: REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
: DIODE BRIDGE
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR
: FAN MOTOR
L1R
Q1L
CT1
MID
SPM
: REACTOR
: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
: CURRENT TRANSFORMER
: MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
: SYSTEM POWER MODULE
ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
U
N
V
C : 3D046978
W
313
SiUS09-651
Index
Numerics
00 ............................................................................. 148
3 minutes stand-by ......................................... 38, 44, 56
3-D airflow .................................................................. 27
A
A1 ............................................................................. 149
A5 ............................................................................. 150
A6 ..................................................................... 152, 153
AC1 .................................................................... 20, 287
AC2 .................................................................... 20, 289
accumulator .............................................................. 302
address setting jumper ......................................... 12, 14
air filter ....................................................... 38, 206, 230
air flow control ............................................................ 28
air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing
function ....................................................... 38, 231
ARC433A ................................................................. 145
automatic operation .................................................... 30
auto-restart ......................................................... 12, 305
auto-restart function ................................................... 38
auto-swing .................................................................. 27
auxiliary pipe ............................................................ 221
auxiliary piping ......................................................... 248
B
bearing ..................................................................... 251
bell mouth ................................................................. 257
blades ....................................................................... 236
buzzer PCB ................................................................ 15
C
C4 ............................................................................. 155
C9 ............................................................................. 155
cable way board ....................................................... 287
capacitor voltage check ............................................ 202
centralized control ................................................ 12, 14
check
capacitor voltage check .....................................202
discharge pressure check ..................................199
electronic expansion valve check ......................195
fan motor connector output check .....................195
four way valve performance check ....................196
Hall IC check .....................................................204
installation condition check ................................199
inverter units refrigerant system check ..............201
main circuit electrolytic capacitor check .............203
outdoor unit fan system check ...........................200
power supply waveforms check .........................201
power transistor check .......................................202
thermistor resistance check ...............................198
Index
turning speed pulse input on the outdoor unit
PCB check ........................................... 203
check No.01 ..............................................................195
check No.04 ..............................................................195
check No.05 ..............................................................196
check No.06 ..............................................................198
check No.07 ..............................................................199
check No.08 ..............................................................199
check No.09 ..............................................................200
check No.10 ..............................................................201
check No.11 ..............................................................201
check No.12 ..............................................................202
check No.13 ..............................................................202
check No.14 ..............................................................203
check No.15 ..............................................................203
check No.16 ..............................................................204
clamp plate ...............................................................278
CN11 ..................................................................20, 290
CN14 ..................................................................20, 290
compressor .......................................................270, 302
compressor lock .......................................................158
compressor overload ................................................157
compressor protection function ............................44, 57
connectors ..........................................12, 14, 16, 18, 20
connectors
fan motor ................................................... 214, 255
four way valve ................................................... 261
swing motor ....................................................... 214
control PCB ................................................................16
control PCB (indoor unit) ......................13, 15, 219, 244
control PCB (outdoor unit) ....................19, 21, 273, 290
cover
service cover ..................................................... 209
stop valve cover ................................................ 253
terminal cover .................................................... 268
CT or related abnormality .........................................177
D
DC fan lock ...............................................................160
DC voltage / current sensor abnormality ..................176
defrost control .......................................................47, 61
diagnosis mode ........................................................146
diode bridge ................................................................20
discharge grille .........................................................277
discharge pipe ......................................................49, 63
discharge pipe control ................................................44
discharge pipe temperature control ........50, 57, 64, 168
discharge pipe thermistor .......39, 49, 63, 180, 262, 296
discharge pressure check .........................................199
display PCB ..........................................................15, 17
drain ..........................................................................247
i
SiUS09-651
drain hose ........................................................ 220, 223
drain plug ................................................................. 223
drip proof plate ................................................. 239, 254
E
E ......................................................................... 20, 287
E5 ............................................................................. 157
E6 ..................................................................... 158, 159
E7 ............................................................................. 160
E8 ..................................................................... 161, 162
EA .................................................................... 164, 166
earth ................................................................. 240, 285
electrical box .................................... 214, 241, 261, 293
electrical box cover .................................................. 281
electrical box temperature rise ................................. 181
electronic expansion valve ....................................... 300
electronic expansion valve check ............................. 195
electronic expansion valve coil ................................. 300
electronic expansion valve control ....................... 48, 62
error codes
00 .......................................................................148
A1 ......................................................................149
A5 ......................................................................150
A6 ..............................................................152, 153
C4 ......................................................................155
C9 ......................................................................155
E5 ......................................................................157
E6 ..............................................................158, 159
E7 ......................................................................160
E8 ..............................................................161, 162
EA ..............................................................164, 166
F3 ..............................................................168, 169
F6 ..............................................................170, 172
H6 ..............................................................174, 175
H8 ..............................................................176, 177
H9 ......................................................................179
J3 .......................................................................179
J6 .......................................................................179
L3 .......................................................................181
L4 .......................................................................183
L5 ...............................................................185, 187
P4 ......................................................................179
U0 ..............................................................189, 191
U2 ..............................................................193, 194
U4 ......................................................................156
error codes and description ...................................... 148
F
F3 ..................................................................... 168, 169
F6 ..................................................................... 170, 172
fan control ............................................................ 46, 60
fan motor .......................................... 225, 251, 258, 283
fan motor connector output check ............................ 195
fan motor fixing frame .............................................. 258
fan motor fixture ....................................................... 250
fan motor or related abnormality .............................. 152
fan motor, connector ........................................ 214, 255
ii
fan rotor ............................................................225, 251
fan speed control ........................................................28
fan speed setting ..........................................12, 14, 305
filter
air filter ........................................................ 38, 206
air purifying filter with photocatalytic
deodorizing function ............................... 38
filter PCB ....................................................................19
forced cooling operation .............................................26
forced operation mode ..........................................52, 66
forced operation ON/OFF switch ..........................14, 20
four way valve ...................................................268, 299
four way valve abnormality .......................................164
four way valve coil ....................................................299
four way valve operation compensation ...............43, 56
four way valve performance check ...........................196
four way valve switching .......................................43, 56
four way valve, connector .........................................261
freeze-up protection control ..........................45, 59, 150
frequency control ............................................25, 41, 54
frequency principle .....................................................25
front grille ..........................................................209, 233
front panel .........................................207, 229, 255, 277
FU1 .....................................................12, 14, 16, 18, 20
FU2 .......................................................................18, 20
FU201 .........................................................................20
FU3 .............................................................................18
functions, list .................................................................2
fuse .................................................................12, 14, 18
G
gas piping .................................................................247
H
H1 ...............................................................................20
H2 ...............................................................................20
H6 .....................................................................174, 175
H8 .....................................................................176, 177
H9 .............................................................................179
HA .................................................................12, 14, 244
HAC1 ..................................................................20, 287
Hall IC .........................................................28, 152, 153
Hall IC check ............................................................204
HC3 ............................................................................18
HC4 ............................................................................18
HE1 .....................................................................20, 287
HE2 .....................................................................20, 287
heat exchanger .........................................220, 249, 276
heat exchanger thermistor
............................39, 155, 180, 214, 240, 262, 297
heating peak-cut control .......................................46, 59
high pressure control ................................................150
high pressure control in cooling ................................170
HL .......................................................................20, 287
HL3 .............................................................................18
HN3 ............................................................................18
HOME LEAVE operation ............................................35
Index
SiUS09-651
horizontal blade ................................................ 212, 236
hot start function ......................................................... 37
I
indoor unit PCB abnormality .................................... 149
input current control ............................................. 45, 58
input over current detection ...................................... 161
installation condition check ...................................... 199
insufficient gas ......................................................... 189
insufficient gas control .......................................... 51, 65
INTELLIGENT EYE .................................................... 33
INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB .......................... 13, 15
inverter POWERFUL operation .................................. 36
inverter principle ......................................................... 25
inverter units refrigerant system check .................... 201
ON/OFF button on indoor unit ....................................37
operation lamp ..........................................................142
outdoor air temperature thermistor ...........................180
outdoor unit fan system check ..................................200
output over current detection ....................................185
over current ..........................................51, 65, 161, 185
overload ........................................................51, 65, 157
overload protector .......................................................18
over-voltage detection ..............................................193
P
main circuit electrolytic capacitor check ................... 203
MID ............................................................................. 22
mode changing control ............................................... 43
mode hierarchy .................................................... 40, 53
mold proof air filter ..................................................... 38
motor
fan motor ...................................................225, 258
swing motor .......................................................219
mounting plate for the bearing ................................. 252
P4 .............................................................................179
panel
front panel ................................................. 207, 255
right side panel .................................................. 259
top panel ........................................................... 254
partition plate ....................................................263, 294
PI control ..............................................................42, 55
piping diagrams ........................................................308
piping fixture .............................................................248
plate
drip proof plate .................................................. 254
left side plate ..................................................... 227
partition plate ..................................................... 263
right side plate ................................................... 225
shelter ....................................................... 217, 254
position sensor abnormality ......................................174
power failure recovery function .....................12, 14, 305
power supply PCB ..............................................21, 287
power supply waveforms check ................................201
power transistor check ..............................................202
power-airflow dual flaps ..............................................27
POWERFUL operation .........................................36, 66
POWERFUL operation mode .....................................52
preheating operation .............................................43, 56
printed circuit board (PCB)
buzzer PCB ......................................................... 15
control PCB ......................................................... 16
control PCB (indoor unit) ............... 13, 15, 219, 244
control PCB (outdoor unit) ............. 19, 21, 273, 290
display PCB ................................................... 15, 17
filter PCB ............................................................. 19
INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB ................... 13, 15
MID ...................................................................... 22
power supply PCB ....................................... 21, 287
service monitor PCB ................................... 21, 287
signal receiver PCB ............................... 13, 15, 218
SPM .................................................................... 22
problem symptoms and measures ...........................144
programme dry function ..............................................29
propeller fan ......................................................256, 283
N
R
night set mode ............................................................ 32
radiation fin temperature rise ....................................183
radiation fin thermistor ..............................................180
reactor ..............................................................263, 295
reactor harnesses .....................................................261
J
J3 ............................................................................. 179
J4 ............................................................................. 305
J6 ............................................................................. 179
JA ........................................................... 12, 14, 16, 305
JB ........................................................... 12, 14, 16, 305
JC ........................................................... 12, 14, 16, 305
jumper settings ......................................................... 305
L
L1 ............................................................................... 20
L2 ............................................................................... 20
L3 ............................................................................. 181
L4 ............................................................................. 183
L5 ..................................................................... 185, 187
LED A ................................................. 12, 14, 16, 18, 20
LED1 .............................................................. 12, 14, 16
LED2 .............................................................. 12, 14, 16
LED3 .............................................................. 12, 14, 16
left side plate ............................................................ 227
liquid compression protection function 2 .............. 46, 60
liquid piping .............................................................. 248
low Hz high pressure limit .......................................... 61
low-voltage detection ............................................... 194
M
O
OL activation ............................................................ 157
Index
iii
SiUS09-651
receiver units ............................................................ 243
remote controller ...................................................... 145
right side panel ......................................... 250, 259, 285
right side plate .......................................................... 225
room temperature thermistor .................................... 155
RTH1 .............................................................. 12, 14, 16
S
S1 ........................................... 12, 14, 16, 214, 240, 244
S10 ....................................................... 18, 20, 289, 290
S101 ........................................................... 20, 289, 290
S102 ................................................................... 20, 290
S11 ............................................................................. 18
S20 ....................................................... 18, 20, 288, 290
S21 ......................................................... 12, 14, 16, 244
S26 ......................................................... 12, 14, 16, 244
S27 ....................................................................... 12, 14
S28 ............................................................................. 14
S29 ............................................................................. 14
S30 ............................................................................. 18
S31 ..................................................................... 20, 290
S32 ........................................... 12, 14, 16, 20, 244, 290
S33 ..................................................................... 20, 290
S34 ..................................................................... 20, 290
S35 ....................................................................... 12, 14
S36 ....................................................................... 12, 14
S37 ............................................................................. 14
S38 ............................................................................. 14
S40 ....................................................... 18, 20, 288, 290
S51 ............................................................. 20, 289, 290
S52 ..................................................................... 20, 290
S6 ......................................................... 12, 14, 214, 241
S7 ................................................................. 12, 16, 214
S70 ....................................................... 18, 20, 255, 282
S71 ..................................................................... 20, 290
S72 ..................................................................... 20, 290
S8 ....................................................................... 14, 241
S80 ............................................... 18, 20, 261, 288, 290
S90 ....................................................... 18, 20, 288, 290
S91 ..................................................................... 20, 290
self-diagnosis digital display ....................................... 38
sensor malfunction detection ............................... 51, 65
service check function .............................................. 145
service cover .................................................... 209, 233
service monitor PCB .......................................... 21, 287
shelter .............................................. 217, 242, 254, 281
signal receiver .......................................................... 229
signal receiver PCB ...................................... 13, 15, 218
signal receiving sign ................................................... 37
signal transmission error .......................................... 156
sound blanket ................................................... 265, 297
specifications ................................................................ 6
SPM ........................................................................... 22
starting control ............................................................ 43
stop valve cover ............................................... 253, 279
SW1 ............................................................... 14, 16, 20
SW7 ........................................................................... 12
iv
swing motor ..............................................................219
swing motor assembly ..............................................246
swing motor for horizontal blades .............................245
swing motor for vertical blades .................................245
swing motor, connector ............................................214
T
terminal board ...................................................215, 273
terminal cover ...................................................268, 301
terminal strip .....................................................240, 285
test run ......................................................................304
thermistor
discharge pipe thermistor
............................ 39, 49, 63, 180, 262, 296
indoor heat exchanger thermistor
........................................ 39, 155, 214, 240
outdoor air temperature thermistor .................... 180
outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
........................................ 39, 180, 262, 297
radiation fin thermistor ....................................... 180
room temperature thermistor ............................. 155
thermistor or related abnormality (indoor unit) ..........155
thermistor or related abnormality (outdoor unit) .......179
thermistor resistance check ......................................198
thermostat control .......................................................31
top panel ...........................................................254, 276
troubleshooting .........................................................148
troubleshooting with LED indication .........................143
turning speed pulse input on the outdoor unit PCB
check .................................................................203
U
U0 .....................................................................189, 191
U2 .....................................................................193, 194
U4 .............................................................................156
V
V1 .............................................................12, 14, 16, 18
V2 ...............................................................................18
V3 .........................................................................18, 20
varistor ......................................................12, 14, 18, 20
vertical blade ............................................................213
vertical blades ...........................................................237
voltage detection function .....................................52, 66
W
wide-angle louvres ......................................................27
wiring diagrams ........................................................311
Index
SiUS09-651
Drawings & Flow Charts
A
HOME LEAVE operation ........................................... 35
ARC433A .................................................................145
automatic air flow control ...........................................28
automatic operation ...................................................30
auto-swing ..................................................................27
I
B
buzzer PCB ................................................................15
C
capacitor voltage check ...........................................202
compressor lock .......................................................158
compressor protection function ........................... 44, 57
control PCB ................................................................16
control PCB (indoor unit) ..................................... 13, 15
control PCB (outdoor unit) .................................. 19, 21
CT or related abnormality ........................................177
D
indoor unit PCB abnormality .................................... 149
input current control ............................................. 45, 58
input over current detection ..................................... 161
installation condition check ...................................... 199
insufficient gas ......................................................... 189
insufficient gas control ......................................... 51, 65
INTELLIGENT EYE ................................................... 33
INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB ......................... 13, 15
inverter features ......................................................... 26
inverter POWERFUL operation ................................. 36
inverter units refrigerant system check .................... 201
J
jumper settings ........................................................ 305
L
DC fan lock ..............................................................160
DC voltage / current sensor abnormality ..................176
defrost control ..................................................... 47, 61
diagnosis mode ........................................................146
discharge pipe control ................................................44
discharge pipe temperature control .................. 57, 168
discharge pressure check ........................................199
display PCB ........................................................ 15, 17
low Hz high pressure limit .......................................... 61
low-voltage detection ............................................... 194
E
night set mode ........................................................... 32
electrical box temperature rise .................................181
electronic expansion valve check ............................195
electronic expansion valve control ...................... 48, 62
F
fan motor connector output check ............................195
fan motor or related abnormality ..............................152
filter PCB ....................................................................19
four way valve abnormality ......................................164
four way valve performance check ...........................196
freeze-up protection control ................................ 45, 59
freeze-up protection control or high pressure
control ...............................................................150
frequency control ................................................ 41, 54
frequency principle .....................................................25
function of thermistor
heat pump model .................................................39
H
Hall IC check ............................................................204
heating peak-cut control ...................................... 46, 59
high pressure control in cooling ...............................170
Drawings & Flow Charts
M
main circuit electrolytic capacitor check .................. 203
MID ............................................................................ 22
mode hierarchy .................................................... 40, 53
N
O
OL activation (compressor overload) ....................... 157
ON/OFF button on indoor unit ................................... 37
operation lamp ......................................................... 142
outdoor unit fan system check ................................. 200
output over current detection ................................... 185
over-voltage detection ............................................. 193
P
piping diagrams
FDXS09/12DVJU .............................................. 308
FTXS09/12DVJU .............................................. 308
FTXS15/18/24DVJU ......................................... 308
RXS09DVJU ..................................................... 309
RXS12DVJU ..................................................... 309
RXS15/18DVJU ................................................ 310
RXS24DVJU ..................................................... 310
position sensor abnormality ..................................... 174
power supply PCB ..................................................... 21
power supply waveforms check ............................... 201
power transistor check ............................................. 202
v
SiUS09-651
POWERFUL operation ...............................................36
programme dry function .............................................29
R
radiation fin temperature rise ...................................183
remote controller ......................................................145
S
service check function ..............................................145
service monitor PCB ..................................................21
signal receiver PCB ............................................ 13, 15
signal transmission error
(between indoor and outdoor units) ..................156
SPM ...........................................................................22
T
target discharge pipe temperature control .......... 50, 64
thermistor or related abnormality (indoor unit) .........155
thermistor or related abnormality (outdoor unit) .......179
thermistor resistance check .....................................198
thermostat control ......................................................31
trial operation from remote controller .......................304
turning speed pulse input on the outdoor unit PCB
check .................................................................203
W
wiring diagrams
FDXS09/12DVJU ...............................................312
FTXS09/12DVJU ...............................................311
FTXS15/18/24DVJU ..........................................311
RXS09/12DVJU .................................................313
RXS15/18/24DVJU ............................................313
vi
Drawings & Flow Charts
z Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the
product yourself. Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock,
fire or explosion.
z Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a licensed contractor
to install those parts and accessories.Use of unauthorized parts and accessories or improper
installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock,
fire or explosion.
z Read the User’s Manual carefully before using this product. The User’s Manual provides
important safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
For any inquiries, contact your local Daikin sales office.
1645 Wallace Drive, Suite 110
Carrollton, TX 75006
info@daikinac.com
www.daikinac.com
This book is made of recycled paper.
SiUS09-651
Printed in U.S.A 09/2006 AK